ASTContext.cpp revision fbff0c4510c7f0e0f30a005960e434b973f5bd21
1//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15#include "CXXABI.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19#include "clang/AST/Comment.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 28#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 29#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 33#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 34#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 35#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 36#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 37#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 38#include <map> 39 40using namespace clang; 41 42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 52unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 54 55enum FloatingRank { 56 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 57}; 58 59RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 60 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 61 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 62 CommentsLoaded = true; 63 } 64 65 assert(D); 66 67 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 68 if (D->isImplicit()) 69 return NULL; 70 71 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 72 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 73 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 74 return NULL; 75 } 76 77 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 78 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 79 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 80 return NULL; 81 } 82 83 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 84 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 85 return NULL; 86 } 87 88 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 89 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) { 90 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind(); 91 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || 92 TSK == TSK_Undeclared) 93 return NULL; 94 } 95 96 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 97 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 98 return NULL; 99 } 100 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { 101 // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the 102 // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment 103 if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition()) 104 return NULL; 105 } 106 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 107 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 108 return NULL; 109 110 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 111 // documentation. 112 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 113 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 114 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 115 return NULL; 116 117 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 118 119 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 120 if (RawComments.empty()) 121 return NULL; 122 123 // Find declaration location. 124 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 125 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 126 // location". 127 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 128 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 129 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 130 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 131 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 132 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 133 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 134 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 135 else 136 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 137 138 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 139 // can't find the comment. 140 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 141 return NULL; 142 143 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 144 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 145 { 146 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 147 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 148 // first. 149 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc( 150 SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), false, 151 LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments); 152 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 153 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 154 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 155 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 156 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 157 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 158 } 159 160 if (Found) { 161 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 162 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 163 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 164 } else { 165 // Slow path. 166 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 167 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 168 } 169 } 170 171 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 172 // file buffer. 173 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 174 175 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 176 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 177 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 178 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 179 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 180 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 181 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 182 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 183 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 184 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 185 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 186 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 187 return *Comment; 188 } 189 } 190 191 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 192 // Let's look at the previous comment. 193 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 194 return NULL; 195 --Comment; 196 197 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 198 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 199 return NULL; 200 201 // Decompose the end of the comment. 202 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 203 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 204 205 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 206 // aren't related. 207 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 208 return NULL; 209 210 // Get the corresponding buffer. 211 bool Invalid = false; 212 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 213 &Invalid).data(); 214 if (Invalid) 215 return NULL; 216 217 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 218 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 219 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 220 221 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 222 // comment and declaration. 223 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 224 return NULL; 225 226 return *Comment; 227} 228 229namespace { 230/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 231/// refer to the actual template. 232/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. 233const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 234 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 235 // Is this function declaration part of a function template? 236 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 237 return FTD; 238 239 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. 240 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 241 return D; 242 243 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? 244 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) 245 return FTD; 246 247 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 248 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = 249 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) 250 return MemberDecl; 251 252 return D; 253 } 254 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 255 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class 256 // template? 257 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 258 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) 259 return MemberDecl; 260 261 return D; 262 } 263 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 264 // Is this class declaration part of a class template? 265 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 266 return CTD; 267 268 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial 269 // specialization? 270 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 271 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { 272 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 273 return D; 274 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, 275 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> 276 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); 277 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ? 278 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) : 279 static_cast<const Decl*>( 280 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); 281 } 282 283 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 284 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = 285 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) 286 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); 287 288 return D; 289 } 290 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 291 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 292 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) 293 return MemberDecl; 294 295 return D; 296 } 297 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? 298 return D; 299} 300} // unnamed namespace 301 302const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 303 const Decl *D, 304 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 305 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 306 307 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 308 { 309 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 310 RedeclComments.find(D); 311 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 312 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 313 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 314 if (OriginalDecl) 315 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 316 return Raw.getRaw(); 317 } 318 } 319 } 320 321 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 322 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 323 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 324 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 325 E = D->redecls_end(); 326 I != E; ++I) { 327 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 328 RedeclComments.find(*I); 329 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 330 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 331 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 332 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 333 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 334 break; 335 } 336 } else { 337 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 338 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 339 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 340 if (RC) { 341 Raw.setRaw(RC); 342 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 343 } else 344 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 345 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 346 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 347 if (RC) 348 break; 349 } 350 } 351 352 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 353 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 354 355 if (OriginalDecl) 356 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 357 358 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 359 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 360 Raw.setRaw(RC); 361 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 362 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 363 364 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 365 E = D->redecls_end(); 366 I != E; ++I) { 367 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 368 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 369 R = Raw; 370 } 371 372 return RC; 373} 374 375static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 376 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { 377 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); 378 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { 379 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); 380 if (!ID) 381 return; 382 // Add redeclared method here. 383 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 384 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(), 385 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end(); 386 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 387 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = 388 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), 389 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) 390 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); 391 } 392 } 393} 394 395comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, 396 const Decl *D) const { 397 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; 398 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; 399 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; 400 ThisDeclInfo->fill(); 401 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); 402 comments::FullComment *CFC = 403 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), 404 ThisDeclInfo); 405 return CFC; 406 407} 408 409comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( 410 const Decl *D, 411 const Preprocessor *PP) const { 412 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 413 return NULL; 414 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 415 416 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 417 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 418 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 419 420 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { 421 if (Canonical != D) { 422 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; 423 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 424 return CFC; 425 } 426 return Pos->second; 427 } 428 429 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 430 431 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 432 if (!RC) { 433 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 434 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; 435 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 436 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor()) 437 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl()) 438 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP)) 439 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 440 if (OMD) 441 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); 442 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); 443 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) 444 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) 445 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 446 } 447 else if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 448 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter 449 // does not have one of its own. 450 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType(); 451 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>()) 452 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl()) 453 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP)) 454 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 455 } 456 else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { 457 while (IC->getSuperClass()) { 458 IC = IC->getSuperClass(); 459 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 460 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 461 } 462 } 463 else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) { 464 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface()) 465 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 466 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 467 } 468 else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 469 if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition())) 470 return NULL; 471 // Check non-virtual bases. 472 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 473 RD->bases_begin(), E = RD->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 474 if (I->isVirtual() || (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)) 475 continue; 476 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 477 if (Ty.isNull()) 478 continue; 479 if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 480 if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition())) 481 continue; 482 483 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP)) 484 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 485 } 486 } 487 // Check virtual bases. 488 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 489 RD->vbases_begin(), E = RD->vbases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 490 if (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public) 491 continue; 492 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 493 if (Ty.isNull()) 494 continue; 495 if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 496 if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition())) 497 continue; 498 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP)) 499 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 500 } 501 } 502 } 503 return NULL; 504 } 505 506 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we 507 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important 508 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be 509 // different across redeclarations. 510 if (D != OriginalDecl) 511 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); 512 513 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); 514 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 515 return FC; 516} 517 518void 519ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 520 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 521 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 522 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 523 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 524 525 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 526 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 527 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 528 PEnd = Params->end(); 529 P != PEnd; ++P) { 530 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 531 ID.AddInteger(0); 532 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 533 continue; 534 } 535 536 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 537 ID.AddInteger(1); 538 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 539 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 540 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 541 ID.AddBoolean(true); 542 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 543 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 544 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 545 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 546 } 547 } else 548 ID.AddBoolean(false); 549 continue; 550 } 551 552 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 553 ID.AddInteger(2); 554 Profile(ID, TTP); 555 } 556} 557 558TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 559ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 560 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 561 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 562 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 563 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 564 void *InsertPos = 0; 565 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 566 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 567 if (Canonical) 568 return Canonical->getParam(); 569 570 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 571 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 572 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 573 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 574 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 575 PEnd = Params->end(); 576 P != PEnd; ++P) { 577 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 578 CanonParams.push_back( 579 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 580 SourceLocation(), 581 SourceLocation(), 582 TTP->getDepth(), 583 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 584 TTP->isParameterPack())); 585 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 586 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 587 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 588 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 589 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 590 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 591 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 592 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 593 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 594 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 595 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 596 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 597 } 598 599 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 600 SourceLocation(), 601 SourceLocation(), 602 NTTP->getDepth(), 603 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 604 T, 605 TInfo, 606 ExpandedTypes.data(), 607 ExpandedTypes.size(), 608 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 609 } else { 610 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 611 SourceLocation(), 612 SourceLocation(), 613 NTTP->getDepth(), 614 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 615 T, 616 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 617 TInfo); 618 } 619 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 620 621 } else 622 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 623 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 624 } 625 626 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 627 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 628 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 629 TTP->getPosition(), 630 TTP->isParameterPack(), 631 0, 632 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 633 SourceLocation(), 634 CanonParams.data(), 635 CanonParams.size(), 636 SourceLocation())); 637 638 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 639 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 640 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 641 (void)Canonical; 642 643 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 644 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 645 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 646 return CanonTTP; 647} 648 649CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 650 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 651 652 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) { 653 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 654 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 655 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 656 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level 657 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 658 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 659 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 660 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 661 } 662 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 663} 664 665static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 666 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 667 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 668 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 669 // language-specific address space. 670 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 671 1, // opencl_global 672 2, // opencl_local 673 3, // opencl_constant 674 4, // cuda_device 675 5, // cuda_constant 676 6 // cuda_shared 677 }; 678 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 679 } else { 680 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 681 } 682} 683 684ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 685 const TargetInfo *t, 686 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 687 Builtin::Context &builtins, 688 unsigned size_reserve, 689 bool DelayInitialization) 690 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 691 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 692 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 693 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 694 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 695 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 696 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 697 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 698 BOOLDecl(0), 699 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 700 FILEDecl(0), 701 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 702 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 703 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 704 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 705 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 706 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 707 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 708 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 709 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 710 DeclarationNames(*this), 711 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 712 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 713 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts), 714 LastSDM(0, 0), 715 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) 716{ 717 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 718 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 719 720 if (!DelayInitialization) { 721 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 722 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 723 } 724} 725 726ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 727 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 728 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 729 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 730 731 // Call all of the deallocation functions. 732 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 733 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 734 735 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 736 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 737 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 738 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 739 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 740 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 741 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 742 R->Destroy(*this); 743 744 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 745 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 746 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 747 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 748 R->Destroy(*this); 749 } 750 751 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 752 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 753 A != AEnd; ++A) 754 A->second->~AttrVec(); 755} 756 757void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 758 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 759} 760 761void 762ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 763 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 764} 765 766void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 767 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 768 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 769 770 unsigned counts[] = { 771#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 772#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 773#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 774 0 // Extra 775 }; 776 777 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 778 Type *T = Types[i]; 779 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 780 } 781 782 unsigned Idx = 0; 783 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 784#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 785 if (counts[Idx]) \ 786 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 787 << " types\n"; \ 788 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 789 ++Idx; 790#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 791#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 792 793 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 794 795 // Implicit special member functions. 796 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 797 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 798 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 799 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 800 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 801 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 802 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 803 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 804 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 805 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 806 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 807 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 808 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 809 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 810 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 811 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 812 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 813 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 814 << NumImplicitDestructors 815 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 816 817 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 818 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 819 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 820 } 821 822 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 823} 824 825TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 826 if (!Int128Decl) { 827 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 828 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 829 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 830 SourceLocation(), 831 SourceLocation(), 832 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 833 TInfo); 834 } 835 836 return Int128Decl; 837} 838 839TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 840 if (!UInt128Decl) { 841 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 842 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 843 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 844 SourceLocation(), 845 SourceLocation(), 846 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 847 TInfo); 848 } 849 850 return UInt128Decl; 851} 852 853void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 854 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 855 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 856 Types.push_back(Ty); 857} 858 859void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 860 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 861 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 862 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 863 864 this->Target = &Target; 865 866 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 867 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 868 869 // C99 6.2.5p19. 870 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 871 872 // C99 6.2.5p2. 873 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 874 // C99 6.2.5p3. 875 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 876 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 877 else 878 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 879 // C99 6.2.5p4. 880 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 881 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 882 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 883 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 884 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 885 886 // C99 6.2.5p6. 887 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 888 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 889 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 890 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 891 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 892 893 // C99 6.2.5p10. 894 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 895 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 896 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 897 898 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 899 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 900 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 901 902 // C++ 3.9.1p5 903 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 904 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 905 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 906 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 907 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) 908 WideCharTy = WCharTy; 909 else { 910 // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar). 911 WideCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 912 } 913 914 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 915 916 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 917 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 918 else // C99 919 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 920 921 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 922 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 923 else // C99 924 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 925 926 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 927 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 928 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 929 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 930 // expressions. 931 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 932 933 // Placeholder type for functions. 934 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 935 936 // Placeholder type for bound members. 937 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 938 939 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 940 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 941 942 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 943 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 944 945 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 946 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 947 948 // Placeholder type for builtin functions. 949 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); 950 951 // C99 6.2.5p11. 952 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 953 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 954 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 955 956 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 957 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 958 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 959 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 960 961 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 962 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d); 963 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray); 964 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer); 965 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d); 966 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray); 967 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d); 968 969 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler); 970 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent); 971 } 972 973 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 974 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 975 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 976 977 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 978 979 ObjCSuperType = QualType(); 980 981 // void * type 982 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 983 984 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 985 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 986 987 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 988 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 989 990 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 991 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 992} 993 994DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 995 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 996} 997 998AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 999 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 1000 if (!Result) { 1001 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 1002 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 1003 } 1004 1005 return *Result; 1006} 1007 1008/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 1009void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1010 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 1011 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 1012 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 1013 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 1014 } 1015} 1016 1017MemberSpecializationInfo * 1018ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 1019 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1020 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 1021 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 1022 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 1023 return 0; 1024 1025 return Pos->second; 1026} 1027 1028void 1029ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 1030 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 1031 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 1032 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1033 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1034 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 1035 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 1036 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 1037 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 1038} 1039 1040FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 1041 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 1042 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1043 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1044 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 1045 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 1046 return 0; 1047 1048 return Pos->second; 1049} 1050 1051void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 1052 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 1053 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1054 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 1055 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 1056} 1057 1058NamedDecl * 1059ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 1060 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1061 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 1062 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 1063 return 0; 1064 1065 return Pos->second; 1066} 1067 1068void 1069ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 1070 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 1071 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 1072 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 1073 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 1074 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1075 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1076} 1077 1078UsingShadowDecl * 1079ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 1080 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 1081 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 1082 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 1083 return 0; 1084 1085 return Pos->second; 1086} 1087 1088void 1089ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 1090 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 1091 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1092 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1093} 1094 1095FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 1096 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 1097 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 1098 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 1099 return 0; 1100 1101 return Pos->second; 1102} 1103 1104void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 1105 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 1106 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 1107 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 1108 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 1109 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 1110 1111 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 1112} 1113 1114bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1115 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1116 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1117 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 1118} 1119 1120bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1121 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1122 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1123 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 1124 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 1125} 1126 1127bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1128 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1129 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1130 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 1131 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1132} 1133 1134bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1135 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1136 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1137 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1138} 1139 1140bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1141 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1142 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1143 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1144} 1145 1146ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1147ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1148 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1149 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1150 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1151 return 0; 1152 1153 return Pos->second.begin(); 1154} 1155 1156ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1157ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1158 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1159 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1160 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1161 return 0; 1162 1163 return Pos->second.end(); 1164} 1165 1166unsigned 1167ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1168 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1169 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1170 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1171 return 0; 1172 1173 return Pos->second.size(); 1174} 1175 1176void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1177 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 1178 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); 1179 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 1180} 1181 1182void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( 1183 const NamedDecl *D, 1184 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { 1185 assert(D); 1186 1187 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 1188 Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod), 1189 overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod)); 1190 return; 1191 } 1192 1193 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1194 if (!Method) 1195 return; 1196 1197 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; 1198 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); 1199 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); 1200} 1201 1202void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 1203 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 1204 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 1205 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 1206 FirstLocalImport = Import; 1207 LastLocalImport = Import; 1208 return; 1209 } 1210 1211 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 1212 LastLocalImport = Import; 1213} 1214 1215//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1216// Type Sizing and Analysis 1217//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1218 1219/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 1220/// scalar floating point type. 1221const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 1222 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 1223 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 1224 switch (BT->getKind()) { 1225 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 1226 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 1227 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 1228 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 1229 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 1230 } 1231} 1232 1233/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 1234/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 1235/// this method will assert on them. 1236/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 1237/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 1238CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 1239 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1240 1241 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1242 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1243 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1244 1245 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1246 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1247 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1248 // 1249 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1250 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1251 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1252 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1253 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1254 } else { 1255 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1256 } 1257 } 1258 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1259 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1260 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1261 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1262 1263 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1264 // else about the declaration and its type. 1265 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1266 // do nothing 1267 1268 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1269 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1270 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1271 if (RefAsPointee) 1272 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1273 else 1274 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1275 } 1276 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1277 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1278 // large-array alignment on the target. 1279 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1280 const ArrayType *arrayType; 1281 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 1282 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1283 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1284 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1285 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1286 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1287 1288 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1289 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1290 } 1291 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1292 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1293 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage()) 1294 Align = std::max(Align, getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1295 } 1296 } 1297 1298 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1299 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1300 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1301 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1302 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1303 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1304 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 1305 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 1306 1307 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1308 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 1309 1310 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1311 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 1312 if (offset > 0) { 1313 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1314 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1315 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 1316 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 1317 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 1318 } 1319 1320 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 1321 } 1322 } 1323 1324 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1325} 1326 1327// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in 1328// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is 1329// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type 1330// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. 1331std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1332ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1333 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); 1334 1335 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding 1336 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible 1337 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. 1338 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1339 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1340 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1341 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); 1342 } 1343 } 1344 1345 return sizeAndAlign; 1346} 1347 1348std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1349ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1350 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1351 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1352 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1353} 1354 1355std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1356ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1357 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1358} 1359 1360std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1361 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1362 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1363 return it->second; 1364 1365 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1366 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1367 return Info; 1368} 1369 1370/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1371/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1372/// 1373/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1374/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1375/// should take a QualType, &c. 1376std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1377ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1378 uint64_t Width=0; 1379 unsigned Align=8; 1380 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1381#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1382#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1383#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1384#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1385#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1386 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1387 1388 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1389 case Type::FunctionProto: 1390 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1391 Width = 0; 1392 Align = 32; 1393 break; 1394 1395 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1396 case Type::VariableArray: 1397 Width = 0; 1398 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1399 break; 1400 1401 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1402 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1403 1404 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1405 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1406 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1407 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1408 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1409 Align = EltInfo.second; 1410 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1411 break; 1412 } 1413 case Type::ExtVector: 1414 case Type::Vector: { 1415 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1416 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1417 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1418 Align = Width; 1419 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1420 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1421 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1422 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1423 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1424 } 1425 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1426 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1427 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1428 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1429 break; 1430 } 1431 1432 case Type::Builtin: 1433 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1434 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1435 case BuiltinType::Void: 1436 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1437 Width = 0; 1438 Align = 8; 1439 break; 1440 1441 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1442 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1443 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1444 break; 1445 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1446 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1447 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1448 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1449 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1450 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1451 break; 1452 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1453 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1454 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1455 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1456 break; 1457 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1458 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1459 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1460 break; 1461 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1462 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1463 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1464 break; 1465 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1466 case BuiltinType::Short: 1467 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1468 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1469 break; 1470 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1471 case BuiltinType::Int: 1472 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1473 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1474 break; 1475 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1476 case BuiltinType::Long: 1477 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1478 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1479 break; 1480 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1481 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1482 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1483 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1484 break; 1485 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1486 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1487 Width = 128; 1488 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1489 break; 1490 case BuiltinType::Half: 1491 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1492 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1493 break; 1494 case BuiltinType::Float: 1495 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1496 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1497 break; 1498 case BuiltinType::Double: 1499 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1500 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1501 break; 1502 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1503 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1504 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1505 break; 1506 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1507 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1508 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1509 break; 1510 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1511 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1512 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1513 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1514 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1515 break; 1516 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 1517 // Samplers are modeled as integers. 1518 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1519 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1520 break; 1521 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 1522 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 1523 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 1524 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 1525 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 1526 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 1527 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 1528 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types. 1529 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1530 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1531 break; 1532 } 1533 break; 1534 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1535 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1536 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1537 break; 1538 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1539 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1540 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1541 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1542 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1543 break; 1544 } 1545 case Type::LValueReference: 1546 case Type::RValueReference: { 1547 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1548 // the pointer route. 1549 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1550 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1551 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1552 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1553 break; 1554 } 1555 case Type::Pointer: { 1556 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1557 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1558 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1559 break; 1560 } 1561 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1562 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1563 llvm::tie(Width, Align) = ABI->getMemberPointerWidthAndAlign(MPT); 1564 break; 1565 } 1566 case Type::Complex: { 1567 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1568 // size. 1569 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1570 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1571 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1572 Align = EltInfo.second; 1573 break; 1574 } 1575 case Type::ObjCObject: 1576 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1577 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1578 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1579 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1580 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1581 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1582 break; 1583 } 1584 case Type::Record: 1585 case Type::Enum: { 1586 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1587 1588 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1589 Width = 8; 1590 Align = 8; 1591 break; 1592 } 1593 1594 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1595 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1596 1597 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1598 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1599 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1600 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1601 break; 1602 } 1603 1604 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1605 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1606 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1607 1608 case Type::Auto: { 1609 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1610 assert(!A->getDeducedType().isNull() && 1611 "cannot request the size of an undeduced or dependent auto type"); 1612 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1613 } 1614 1615 case Type::Paren: 1616 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1617 1618 case Type::Typedef: { 1619 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1620 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1621 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1622 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1623 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1624 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1625 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1626 Align = AttrAlign; 1627 else 1628 Align = Info.second; 1629 Width = Info.first; 1630 break; 1631 } 1632 1633 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1634 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1635 .getTypePtr()); 1636 1637 case Type::TypeOf: 1638 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1639 1640 case Type::Decltype: 1641 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1642 .getTypePtr()); 1643 1644 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1645 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1646 1647 case Type::Elaborated: 1648 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1649 1650 case Type::Attributed: 1651 return getTypeInfo( 1652 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1653 1654 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1655 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1656 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1657 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1658 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1659 // aligned attribute on it. 1660 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1661 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1662 else 1663 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1664 } 1665 1666 case Type::Atomic: { 1667 // Start with the base type information. 1668 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1669 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1670 Width = Info.first; 1671 Align = Info.second; 1672 1673 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max 1674 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more 1675 // favorable to atomic operations: 1676 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) { 1677 // Round the size up to a power of 2. 1678 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 1679 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width); 1680 1681 // Set the alignment equal to the size. 1682 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1683 } 1684 } 1685 1686 } 1687 1688 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1689 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1690} 1691 1692/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1693CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1694 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1695} 1696 1697/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1698int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1699 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1700} 1701 1702/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1703/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1704CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1705 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1706} 1707CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1708 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1709} 1710 1711/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1712/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1713CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1714 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1715} 1716CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1717 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1718} 1719 1720/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1721/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1722/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1723/// a data type. 1724unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1725 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1726 1727 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1728 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1729 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1730 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1731 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1732 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1733 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1734 1735 return ABIAlign; 1736} 1737 1738/// getAlignOfGlobalVar - Return the alignment in bits that should be given 1739/// to a global variable of the specified type. 1740unsigned ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVar(QualType T) const { 1741 return std::max(getTypeAlign(T), getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1742} 1743 1744/// getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars - Return the alignment in characters that 1745/// should be given to a global variable of the specified type. 1746CharUnits ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars(QualType T) const { 1747 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getAlignOfGlobalVar(T)); 1748} 1749 1750/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1751/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1752/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1753/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1754/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1755/// 1756void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1757 bool leafClass, 1758 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1759 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1760 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1761 if (!leafClass) { 1762 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1763 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1764 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1765 } else { 1766 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1767 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1768 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1769 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1770 } 1771} 1772 1773/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1774/// those inherited by it. 1775void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1776 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1777 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1778 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1779 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1780 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1781 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1782 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1783 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1784 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1785 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1786 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1787 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1788 } 1789 } 1790 1791 // Categories of this Interface. 1792 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator 1793 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(), 1794 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end(); 1795 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) { 1796 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols); 1797 } 1798 1799 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1800 while (SD) { 1801 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1802 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1803 } 1804 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1805 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1806 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1807 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1808 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1809 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1810 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1811 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1812 } 1813 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1814 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1815 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1816 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1817 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1818 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1819 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1820 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1821 } 1822 } 1823} 1824 1825unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1826 unsigned count = 0; 1827 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1828 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 1829 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(), 1830 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end(); 1831 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 1832 count += Ext->ivar_size(); 1833 } 1834 1835 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1836 // includes synthesized ivars. 1837 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1838 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1839 1840 return count; 1841} 1842 1843bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1844 if (!E) 1845 return false; 1846 1847 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1848 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1849 1850 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1851 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1852 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1853 return true; 1854 1855 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1856 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1857 1858 return false; 1859} 1860 1861/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1862ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1863 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1864 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1865 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1866 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1867 return 0; 1868} 1869/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1870ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1871 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1872 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1873 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1874 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1875 return 0; 1876} 1877 1878/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1879void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1880 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1881 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1882 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1883} 1884/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1885void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1886 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1887 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1888 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1889} 1890 1891const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface( 1892 const NamedDecl *ND) const { 1893 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = 1894 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1895 return ID; 1896 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = 1897 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1898 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1899 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = 1900 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1901 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1902 1903 return 0; 1904} 1905 1906/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1907/// none exists. 1908Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1909 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1910 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1911 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1912 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1913 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1914 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1915} 1916 1917/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1918void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1919 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1920 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1921 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1922 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1923} 1924 1925TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1926 unsigned DataSize) const { 1927 if (!DataSize) 1928 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1929 else 1930 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1931 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1932 1933 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1934 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1935 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1936 return TInfo; 1937} 1938 1939TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1940 SourceLocation L) const { 1941 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1942 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1943 return DI; 1944} 1945 1946const ASTRecordLayout & 1947ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1948 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1949} 1950 1951const ASTRecordLayout & 1952ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1953 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1954 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1955} 1956 1957//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1958// Type creation/memoization methods 1959//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1960 1961QualType 1962ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1963 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1964 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1965 1966 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1967 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1968 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1969 void *insertPos = 0; 1970 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1971 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1972 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1973 } 1974 1975 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1976 QualType canon; 1977 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1978 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1979 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1980 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 1981 1982 // Re-find the insert position. 1983 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1984 } 1985 1986 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1987 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 1988 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1989} 1990 1991QualType 1992ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 1993 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1994 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 1995 return T; 1996 1997 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1998 // into one ExtQuals node. 1999 QualifierCollector Quals; 2000 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2001 2002 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 2003 // another one. 2004 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 2005 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 2006 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 2007 2008 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2009} 2010 2011QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 2012 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 2013 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 2014 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 2015 return T; 2016 2017 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 2018 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 2019 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 2020 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 2021 return getPointerType(ResultType); 2022 } 2023 } 2024 2025 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 2026 // into one ExtQuals node. 2027 QualifierCollector Quals; 2028 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2029 2030 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 2031 // another one. 2032 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 2033 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 2034 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 2035 2036 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2037} 2038 2039const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 2040 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 2041 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 2042 return T; 2043 2044 QualType Result; 2045 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 2046 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 2047 } else { 2048 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 2049 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2050 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 2051 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 2052 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 2053 FPT->getNumArgs()), 2054 EPI); 2055 } 2056 2057 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 2058} 2059 2060void ASTContext::adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FunctionDecl *FD, 2061 QualType ResultType) { 2062 FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl(); 2063 while (true) { 2064 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2065 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2066 FD->setType(getFunctionType(ResultType, FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 2067 if (FunctionDecl *Next = FD->getPreviousDecl()) 2068 FD = Next; 2069 else 2070 break; 2071 } 2072 if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener()) 2073 L->DeducedReturnType(FD, ResultType); 2074} 2075 2076/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 2077/// number with the specified element type. 2078QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 2079 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2080 // structure. 2081 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2082 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 2083 2084 void *InsertPos = 0; 2085 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2086 return QualType(CT, 0); 2087 2088 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2089 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2090 QualType Canonical; 2091 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2092 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2093 2094 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2095 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2096 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2097 } 2098 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 2099 Types.push_back(New); 2100 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2101 return QualType(New, 0); 2102} 2103 2104/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 2105/// the specified type. 2106QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 2107 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2108 // structure. 2109 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2110 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2111 2112 void *InsertPos = 0; 2113 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2114 return QualType(PT, 0); 2115 2116 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2117 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2118 QualType Canonical; 2119 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2120 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2121 2122 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2123 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2124 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2125 } 2126 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 2127 Types.push_back(New); 2128 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2129 return QualType(New, 0); 2130} 2131 2132/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 2133/// a pointer to the specified block. 2134QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 2135 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 2136 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 2137 // structure. 2138 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2139 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2140 2141 void *InsertPos = 0; 2142 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 2143 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2144 return QualType(PT, 0); 2145 2146 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2147 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 2148 QualType Canonical; 2149 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2150 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2151 2152 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2153 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 2154 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2155 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2156 } 2157 BlockPointerType *New 2158 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 2159 Types.push_back(New); 2160 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2161 return QualType(New, 0); 2162} 2163 2164/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2165/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 2166QualType 2167ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 2168 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 2169 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 2170 2171 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2172 // structure. 2173 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2174 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 2175 2176 void *InsertPos = 0; 2177 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 2178 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2179 return QualType(RT, 0); 2180 2181 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2182 2183 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2184 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2185 QualType Canonical; 2186 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2187 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2188 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2189 2190 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2191 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2192 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2193 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2194 } 2195 2196 LValueReferenceType *New 2197 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 2198 SpelledAsLValue); 2199 Types.push_back(New); 2200 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2201 2202 return QualType(New, 0); 2203} 2204 2205/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2206/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 2207QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 2208 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2209 // structure. 2210 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2211 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 2212 2213 void *InsertPos = 0; 2214 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 2215 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2216 return QualType(RT, 0); 2217 2218 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2219 2220 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2221 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2222 QualType Canonical; 2223 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2224 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2225 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2226 2227 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2228 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2229 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2230 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2231 } 2232 2233 RValueReferenceType *New 2234 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 2235 Types.push_back(New); 2236 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2237 return QualType(New, 0); 2238} 2239 2240/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 2241/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 2242QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 2243 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2244 // structure. 2245 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2246 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 2247 2248 void *InsertPos = 0; 2249 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 2250 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2251 return QualType(PT, 0); 2252 2253 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2254 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2255 QualType Canonical; 2256 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2257 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 2258 2259 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2260 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 2261 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2262 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2263 } 2264 MemberPointerType *New 2265 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 2266 Types.push_back(New); 2267 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2268 return QualType(New, 0); 2269} 2270 2271/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 2272/// array of the specified element type. 2273QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2274 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 2275 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2276 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 2277 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 2278 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 2279 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 2280 2281 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 2282 // the target. 2283 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 2284 ArySize = 2285 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 2286 2287 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2288 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2289 2290 void *InsertPos = 0; 2291 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 2292 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2293 return QualType(ATP, 0); 2294 2295 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 2296 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2297 QualType Canon; 2298 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2299 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2300 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 2301 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2302 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2303 2304 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2305 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 2306 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2307 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2308 } 2309 2310 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 2311 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2312 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2313 Types.push_back(New); 2314 return QualType(New, 0); 2315} 2316 2317/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 2318/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 2319/// sizes replaced with [*]. 2320QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 2321 // Vastly most common case. 2322 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2323 2324 QualType result; 2325 2326 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2327 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2328 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2329#define TYPE(Class, Base) 2330#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2331#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2332#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2333 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2334 2335 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2336 case Type::Builtin: 2337 case Type::Complex: 2338 case Type::Vector: 2339 case Type::ExtVector: 2340 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2341 case Type::ObjCObject: 2342 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2343 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2344 case Type::Record: 2345 case Type::Enum: 2346 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2347 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2348 case Type::TypeOf: 2349 case Type::Decltype: 2350 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2351 case Type::DependentName: 2352 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2353 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2354 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2355 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2356 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2357 case Type::Auto: 2358 case Type::PackExpansion: 2359 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2360 2361 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2362 // further decay. 2363 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2364 case Type::FunctionProto: 2365 case Type::BlockPointer: 2366 case Type::MemberPointer: 2367 return type; 2368 2369 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2370 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2371 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2372 // optimizations available here. 2373 case Type::Pointer: 2374 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2375 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2376 break; 2377 2378 case Type::LValueReference: { 2379 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2380 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2381 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2382 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2383 break; 2384 } 2385 2386 case Type::RValueReference: { 2387 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2388 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2389 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2390 break; 2391 } 2392 2393 case Type::Atomic: { 2394 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2395 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2396 break; 2397 } 2398 2399 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2400 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2401 result = getConstantArrayType( 2402 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2403 cat->getSize(), 2404 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2405 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2406 break; 2407 } 2408 2409 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2410 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2411 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2412 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2413 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2414 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2415 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2416 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2417 break; 2418 } 2419 2420 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2421 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2422 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2423 result = getVariableArrayType( 2424 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2425 /*size*/ 0, 2426 ArrayType::Normal, 2427 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2428 SourceRange()); 2429 break; 2430 } 2431 2432 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2433 case Type::VariableArray: { 2434 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2435 result = getVariableArrayType( 2436 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2437 /*size*/ 0, 2438 ArrayType::Star, 2439 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2440 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2441 break; 2442 } 2443 } 2444 2445 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2446 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2447} 2448 2449/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2450/// variable array of the specified element type. 2451QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2452 Expr *NumElts, 2453 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2454 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2455 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2456 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2457 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2458 QualType Canon; 2459 2460 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2461 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2462 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2463 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2464 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2465 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2466 } 2467 2468 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2469 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2470 2471 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2472 Types.push_back(New); 2473 return QualType(New, 0); 2474} 2475 2476/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2477/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2478/// type. 2479QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2480 Expr *numElements, 2481 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2482 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2483 SourceRange brackets) const { 2484 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2485 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2486 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2487 2488 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2489 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2490 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2491 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2492 if (!numElements) { 2493 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2494 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2495 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2496 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2497 brackets); 2498 Types.push_back(newType); 2499 return QualType(newType, 0); 2500 } 2501 2502 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2503 // also build a canonical type. 2504 2505 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2506 2507 void *insertPos = 0; 2508 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2509 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2510 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2511 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2512 2513 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2514 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2515 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2516 2517 // If we don't have one, build one. 2518 if (!canonTy) { 2519 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2520 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2521 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2522 brackets); 2523 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2524 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2525 } 2526 2527 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2528 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2529 canonElementType.Quals); 2530 2531 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2532 // then just use that as our result. 2533 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2534 return canon; 2535 2536 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2537 // of the element type. 2538 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2539 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2540 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2541 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2542 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2543 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2544} 2545 2546QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2547 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2548 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2549 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2550 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2551 2552 void *insertPos = 0; 2553 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2554 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2555 return QualType(iat, 0); 2556 2557 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2558 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2559 // qualifiers off the element type. 2560 QualType canon; 2561 2562 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2563 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2564 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2565 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2566 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2567 2568 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2569 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2570 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2571 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2572 } 2573 2574 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2575 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2576 2577 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2578 Types.push_back(newType); 2579 return QualType(newType, 0); 2580} 2581 2582/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2583/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2584QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2585 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2586 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2587 2588 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2589 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2590 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2591 2592 void *InsertPos = 0; 2593 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2594 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2595 2596 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2597 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2598 QualType Canonical; 2599 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2600 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2601 2602 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2603 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2604 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2605 } 2606 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2607 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2608 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2609 Types.push_back(New); 2610 return QualType(New, 0); 2611} 2612 2613/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2614/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2615QualType 2616ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2617 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2618 2619 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2620 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2621 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2622 VectorType::GenericVector); 2623 void *InsertPos = 0; 2624 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2625 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2626 2627 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2628 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2629 QualType Canonical; 2630 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2631 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2632 2633 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2634 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2635 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2636 } 2637 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2638 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2639 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2640 Types.push_back(New); 2641 return QualType(New, 0); 2642} 2643 2644QualType 2645ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2646 Expr *SizeExpr, 2647 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2648 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2649 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2650 SizeExpr); 2651 2652 void *InsertPos = 0; 2653 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2654 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2655 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2656 if (Canon) { 2657 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2658 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2659 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2660 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2661 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2662 } else { 2663 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2664 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2665 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2666 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2667 AttrLoc); 2668 2669 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2670 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2671 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2672 (void)CanonCheck; 2673 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2674 } else { 2675 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2676 SourceLocation()); 2677 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2678 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2679 } 2680 } 2681 2682 Types.push_back(New); 2683 return QualType(New, 0); 2684} 2685 2686/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2687/// 2688QualType 2689ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2690 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2691 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2692 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2693 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2694 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2695 // structure. 2696 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2697 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2698 2699 void *InsertPos = 0; 2700 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2701 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2702 return QualType(FT, 0); 2703 2704 QualType Canonical; 2705 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2706 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2707 Canonical = 2708 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2709 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2710 2711 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2712 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2713 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2714 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2715 } 2716 2717 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2718 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2719 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2720 Types.push_back(New); 2721 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2722 return QualType(New, 0); 2723} 2724 2725/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function. 2726static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) { 2727 return T.isCanonical() && 2728 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None || 2729 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); 2730} 2731 2732/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2733/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2734QualType 2735ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray, 2736 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2737 size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size(); 2738 2739 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2740 // structure. 2741 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2742 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI, 2743 *this); 2744 2745 void *InsertPos = 0; 2746 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2747 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2748 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2749 2750 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2751 bool isCanonical = 2752 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && 2753 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2754 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2755 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2756 isCanonical = false; 2757 2758 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2759 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2760 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2761 2762 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2763 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2764 QualType Canonical; 2765 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2766 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2767 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2768 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2769 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2770 2771 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2772 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2773 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2774 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2775 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2776 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2777 2778 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers. 2779 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy); 2780 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { 2781 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers(); 2782 Qs.removeObjCLifetime(); 2783 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); 2784 } 2785 2786 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI); 2787 2788 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2789 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2790 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2791 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2792 } 2793 2794 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2795 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2796 // - parameter types 2797 // - exception types 2798 // - consumed-arguments flags 2799 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2800 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2801 // specification. 2802 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2803 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2804 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2805 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2806 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2807 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2808 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2809 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2810 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2811 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2812 } 2813 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2814 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2815 2816 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2817 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2818 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2819 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI); 2820 Types.push_back(FTP); 2821 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2822 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2823} 2824 2825#ifndef NDEBUG 2826static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2827 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2828 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2829 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2830 return true; 2831 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2832 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2833 return true; 2834 return false; 2835} 2836#endif 2837 2838/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2839/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2840QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2841 QualType TST) const { 2842 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2843 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2844 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2845 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2846 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2847 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2848 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2849 } else { 2850 Type *newType = 2851 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2852 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2853 Types.push_back(newType); 2854 } 2855 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2856} 2857 2858/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2859/// specified type declaration. 2860QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2861 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2862 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2863 2864 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2865 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2866 2867 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2868 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2869 2870 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2871 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2872 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2873 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2874 return getRecordType(Record); 2875 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2876 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2877 "enum has previous declaration"); 2878 return getEnumType(Enum); 2879 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2880 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2881 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2882 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2883 Types.push_back(newType); 2884 } else 2885 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2886 2887 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2888} 2889 2890/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2891/// specified typedef name decl. 2892QualType 2893ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2894 QualType Canonical) const { 2895 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2896 2897 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2898 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2899 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2900 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2901 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2902 Types.push_back(newType); 2903 return QualType(newType, 0); 2904} 2905 2906QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2907 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2908 2909 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2910 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2911 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2912 2913 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2914 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2915 Types.push_back(newType); 2916 return QualType(newType, 0); 2917} 2918 2919QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2920 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2921 2922 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2923 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2924 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2925 2926 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2927 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2928 Types.push_back(newType); 2929 return QualType(newType, 0); 2930} 2931 2932QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2933 QualType modifiedType, 2934 QualType equivalentType) { 2935 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2936 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2937 2938 void *insertPos = 0; 2939 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2940 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2941 2942 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2943 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2944 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2945 2946 Types.push_back(type); 2947 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2948 2949 return QualType(type, 0); 2950} 2951 2952 2953/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2954QualType 2955ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2956 QualType Replacement) const { 2957 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2958 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2959 2960 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2961 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2962 void *InsertPos = 0; 2963 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2964 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2965 2966 if (!SubstParm) { 2967 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2968 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2969 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2970 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2971 } 2972 2973 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2974} 2975 2976/// \brief Retrieve a 2977QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 2978 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2979 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 2980#ifndef NDEBUG 2981 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 2982 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 2983 P != PEnd; ++P) { 2984 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 2985 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 2986 } 2987#endif 2988 2989 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2990 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 2991 void *InsertPos = 0; 2992 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2993 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2994 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2995 2996 QualType Canon; 2997 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2998 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 2999 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 3000 ArgPack); 3001 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3002 } 3003 3004 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 3005 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 3006 ArgPack); 3007 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 3008 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 3009 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3010} 3011 3012/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 3013/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 3014/// name. 3015QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 3016 bool ParameterPack, 3017 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 3018 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3019 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 3020 void *InsertPos = 0; 3021 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 3022 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3023 3024 if (TypeParm) 3025 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3026 3027 if (TTPDecl) { 3028 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3029 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 3030 3031 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 3032 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3033 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 3034 (void)TypeCheck; 3035 } else 3036 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 3037 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3038 3039 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 3040 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 3041 3042 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3043} 3044 3045TypeSourceInfo * 3046ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 3047 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3048 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3049 QualType Underlying) const { 3050 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3051 "No dependent template names here!"); 3052 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 3053 3054 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 3055 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL = 3056 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(); 3057 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 3058 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 3059 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 3060 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 3061 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 3062 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 3063 return DI; 3064} 3065 3066QualType 3067ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3068 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3069 QualType Underlying) const { 3070 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3071 "No dependent template names here!"); 3072 3073 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 3074 3075 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 3076 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 3077 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 3078 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 3079 3080 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 3081 Underlying); 3082} 3083 3084#ifndef NDEBUG 3085static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 3086 unsigned NumArgs) { 3087 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3088 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 3089 return true; 3090 3091 return true; 3092} 3093#endif 3094 3095QualType 3096ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3097 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3098 unsigned NumArgs, 3099 QualType Underlying) const { 3100 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3101 "No dependent template names here!"); 3102 // Look through qualified template names. 3103 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3104 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3105 3106 bool IsTypeAlias = 3107 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 3108 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 3109 QualType CanonType; 3110 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 3111 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 3112 else { 3113 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 3114 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 3115 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 3116 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 3117 IsTypeAlias = false; 3118 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 3119 NumArgs); 3120 } 3121 3122 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 3123 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 3124 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 3125 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3126 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 3127 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 3128 TypeAlignment); 3129 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3130 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 3131 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 3132 3133 Types.push_back(Spec); 3134 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3135} 3136 3137QualType 3138ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3139 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3140 unsigned NumArgs) const { 3141 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3142 "No dependent template names here!"); 3143 3144 // Look through qualified template names. 3145 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3146 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3147 3148 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 3149 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 3150 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 3151 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 3152 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3153 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 3154 3155 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 3156 // exists. 3157 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3158 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 3159 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 3160 3161 void *InsertPos = 0; 3162 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3163 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3164 3165 if (!Spec) { 3166 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 3167 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3168 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3169 TypeAlignment); 3170 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 3171 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 3172 QualType(), QualType()); 3173 Types.push_back(Spec); 3174 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 3175 } 3176 3177 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 3178 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 3179 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3180} 3181 3182QualType 3183ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3184 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3185 QualType NamedType) const { 3186 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3187 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 3188 3189 void *InsertPos = 0; 3190 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3191 if (T) 3192 return QualType(T, 0); 3193 3194 QualType Canon = NamedType; 3195 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3196 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 3197 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3198 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 3199 (void)CheckT; 3200 } 3201 3202 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 3203 Types.push_back(T); 3204 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3205 return QualType(T, 0); 3206} 3207 3208QualType 3209ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 3210 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3211 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 3212 3213 void *InsertPos = 0; 3214 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3215 if (T) 3216 return QualType(T, 0); 3217 3218 QualType Canon = InnerType; 3219 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3220 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 3221 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3222 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 3223 (void)CheckT; 3224 } 3225 3226 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 3227 Types.push_back(T); 3228 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3229 return QualType(T, 0); 3230} 3231 3232QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3233 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3234 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3235 QualType Canon) const { 3236 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3237 3238 if (Canon.isNull()) { 3239 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3240 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3241 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 3242 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3243 3244 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 3245 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 3246 } 3247 3248 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3249 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 3250 3251 void *InsertPos = 0; 3252 DependentNameType *T 3253 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3254 if (T) 3255 return QualType(T, 0); 3256 3257 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 3258 Types.push_back(T); 3259 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3260 return QualType(T, 0); 3261} 3262 3263QualType 3264ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3265 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3266 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3267 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3268 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 3269 // TODO: avoid this copy 3270 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 3271 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 3272 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 3273 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 3274 ArgCopy.size(), 3275 ArgCopy.data()); 3276} 3277 3278QualType 3279ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3280 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3281 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3282 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3283 unsigned NumArgs, 3284 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 3285 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 3286 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3287 3288 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3289 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 3290 Name, NumArgs, Args); 3291 3292 void *InsertPos = 0; 3293 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 3294 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3295 if (T) 3296 return QualType(T, 0); 3297 3298 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3299 3300 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3301 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3302 3303 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 3304 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 3305 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 3306 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 3307 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 3308 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 3309 } 3310 3311 QualType Canon; 3312 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 3313 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 3314 Name, NumArgs, 3315 CanonArgs.data()); 3316 3317 // Find the insert position again. 3318 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3319 } 3320 3321 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 3322 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3323 TypeAlignment); 3324 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 3325 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 3326 Types.push_back(T); 3327 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3328 return QualType(T, 0); 3329} 3330 3331QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 3332 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 3333 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3334 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 3335 3336 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 3337 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3338 void *InsertPos = 0; 3339 PackExpansionType *T 3340 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3341 if (T) 3342 return QualType(T, 0); 3343 3344 QualType Canon; 3345 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3346 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3347 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3348 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3349 // parameters. 3350 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3351 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3352 3353 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3354 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3355 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3356 } 3357 } 3358 3359 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3360 Types.push_back(T); 3361 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3362 return QualType(T, 0); 3363} 3364 3365/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3366/// alphabetically. 3367static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3368 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3369 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3370} 3371 3372static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3373 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3374 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3375 3376 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3377 return false; 3378 3379 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3380 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3381 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3382 return false; 3383 return true; 3384} 3385 3386static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3387 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3388 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3389 3390 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3391 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3392 3393 // Canonicalize. 3394 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3395 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3396 3397 // Remove duplicates. 3398 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3399 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3400} 3401 3402QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3403 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3404 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3405 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3406 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3407 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3408 return BaseType; 3409 3410 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3411 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3412 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3413 void *InsertPos = 0; 3414 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3415 return QualType(QT, 0); 3416 3417 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3418 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3419 QualType Canonical; 3420 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3421 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3422 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3423 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3424 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3425 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3426 3427 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3428 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3429 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3430 } else { 3431 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3432 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3433 } 3434 3435 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3436 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3437 } 3438 3439 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3440 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3441 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3442 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3443 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3444 3445 Types.push_back(T); 3446 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3447 return QualType(T, 0); 3448} 3449 3450/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3451/// the given object type. 3452QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3453 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3454 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3455 3456 void *InsertPos = 0; 3457 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3458 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3459 return QualType(QT, 0); 3460 3461 // Find the canonical object type. 3462 QualType Canonical; 3463 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3464 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3465 3466 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3467 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3468 } 3469 3470 // No match. 3471 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3472 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3473 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3474 3475 Types.push_back(QType); 3476 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3477 return QualType(QType, 0); 3478} 3479 3480/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3481/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3482QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3483 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3484 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3485 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3486 3487 if (PrevDecl) { 3488 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3489 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3490 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3491 } 3492 3493 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3494 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3495 Decl = Def; 3496 3497 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3498 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3499 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3500 Types.push_back(T); 3501 return QualType(T, 0); 3502} 3503 3504/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3505/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3506/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3507/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3508/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3509QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3510 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3511 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3512 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3513 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3514 3515 void *InsertPos = 0; 3516 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3517 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3518 if (Canon) { 3519 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3520 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3521 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3522 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3523 } else { 3524 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3525 Canon 3526 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3527 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3528 toe = Canon; 3529 } 3530 } else { 3531 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3532 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3533 } 3534 Types.push_back(toe); 3535 return QualType(toe, 0); 3536} 3537 3538/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3539/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3540/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3541/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3542/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3543QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3544 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3545 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3546 Types.push_back(tot); 3547 return QualType(tot, 0); 3548} 3549 3550 3551/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3552/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3553/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3554/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3555/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3556QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3557 DecltypeType *dt; 3558 3559 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3560 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3561 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3562 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3563 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3564 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3565 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3566 3567 void *InsertPos = 0; 3568 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3569 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3570 if (Canon) { 3571 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3572 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3573 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3574 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3575 } else { 3576 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3577 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3578 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3579 dt = Canon; 3580 } 3581 } else { 3582 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3583 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3584 } 3585 Types.push_back(dt); 3586 return QualType(dt, 0); 3587} 3588 3589/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3590/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3591QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3592 QualType UnderlyingType, 3593 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3594 const { 3595 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3596 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3597 Kind, 3598 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3599 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3600 Types.push_back(Ty); 3601 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3602} 3603 3604/// getAutoType - Return the uniqued reference to the 'auto' type which has been 3605/// deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced 'auto' type, or the 3606/// canonical deduced-but-dependent 'auto' type. 3607QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType, bool IsDecltypeAuto, 3608 bool IsDependent) const { 3609 if (DeducedType.isNull() && !IsDecltypeAuto && !IsDependent) 3610 return getAutoDeductType(); 3611 3612 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3613 void *InsertPos = 0; 3614 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3615 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, IsDecltypeAuto, IsDependent); 3616 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3617 return QualType(AT, 0); 3618 3619 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType, 3620 IsDecltypeAuto, 3621 IsDependent); 3622 Types.push_back(AT); 3623 if (InsertPos) 3624 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3625 return QualType(AT, 0); 3626} 3627 3628/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3629/// the given value type. 3630QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3631 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3632 // structure. 3633 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3634 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3635 3636 void *InsertPos = 0; 3637 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3638 return QualType(AT, 0); 3639 3640 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3641 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3642 QualType Canonical; 3643 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3644 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3645 3646 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3647 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3648 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3649 } 3650 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3651 Types.push_back(New); 3652 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3653 return QualType(New, 0); 3654} 3655 3656/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3657QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3658 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3659 AutoDeductTy = QualType( 3660 new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(QualType(), /*decltype(auto)*/false, 3661 /*dependent*/false), 3662 0); 3663 return AutoDeductTy; 3664} 3665 3666/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3667QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3668 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3669 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3670 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3671 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3672} 3673 3674/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3675/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3676QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3677 assert (Decl); 3678 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3679 // away const? mutable? 3680 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3681} 3682 3683/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3684/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3685/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3686CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3687 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3688} 3689 3690/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3691CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3692 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3693} 3694 3695/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3696CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3697 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3698} 3699 3700/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3701/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3702QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3703 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3704 return WCharTy; 3705} 3706 3707/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3708/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3709QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3710 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3711 return UnsignedIntTy; 3712} 3713 3714QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const { 3715 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType()); 3716} 3717 3718QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const { 3719 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType()); 3720} 3721 3722/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3723/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3724QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3725 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3726} 3727 3728/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in 3729/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). 3730QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { 3731 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); 3732} 3733 3734//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3735// Type Operators 3736//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3737 3738CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3739 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3740 // qualifiers. 3741 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3742 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3743 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3744 QualType Result; 3745 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3746 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3747 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3748 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3749 } else { 3750 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3751 } 3752 3753 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3754} 3755 3756QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3757 Qualifiers &quals) { 3758 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3759 3760 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3761 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3762 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3763 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3764 const ArrayType *AT = 3765 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3766 3767 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3768 if (!AT) { 3769 quals = splitType.Quals; 3770 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3771 } 3772 3773 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3774 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3775 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3776 3777 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3778 // can just use the results in splitType. 3779 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3780 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3781 quals = splitType.Quals; 3782 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3783 } 3784 3785 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3786 // build the type back up. 3787 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3788 3789 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3790 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3791 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3792 } 3793 3794 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3795 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3796 } 3797 3798 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3799 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3800 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3801 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3802 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3803 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3804 } 3805 3806 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3807 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3808 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3809 SourceRange()); 3810} 3811 3812/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3813/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3814/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3815/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3816/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3817/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3818/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3819/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3820bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3821 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3822 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3823 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3824 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3825 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3826 return true; 3827 } 3828 3829 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3830 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3831 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3832 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3833 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3834 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3835 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3836 return true; 3837 } 3838 3839 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3840 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3841 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3842 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3843 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3844 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3845 return true; 3846 } 3847 } 3848 3849 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3850 3851 return false; 3852} 3853 3854DeclarationNameInfo 3855ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3856 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3857 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3858 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3859 case TemplateName::Template: 3860 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3861 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3862 NameLoc); 3863 3864 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3865 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3866 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3867 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3868 } 3869 3870 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3871 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3872 DeclarationName DName; 3873 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3874 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3875 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3876 } else { 3877 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3878 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3879 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3880 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3881 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3882 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3883 } 3884 } 3885 3886 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3887 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3888 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3889 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3890 NameLoc); 3891 } 3892 3893 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3894 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3895 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3896 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3897 NameLoc); 3898 } 3899 } 3900 3901 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3902} 3903 3904TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3905 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3906 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3907 case TemplateName::Template: { 3908 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3909 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3910 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3911 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3912 3913 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3914 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3915 } 3916 3917 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3918 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3919 3920 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3921 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3922 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3923 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3924 } 3925 3926 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3927 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3928 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3929 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3930 } 3931 3932 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3933 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3934 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3935 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3936 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3937 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3938 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3939 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3940 } 3941 } 3942 3943 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3944} 3945 3946bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3947 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3948 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3949 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3950} 3951 3952TemplateArgument 3953ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3954 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3955 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3956 return Arg; 3957 3958 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3959 return Arg; 3960 3961 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3962 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 3963 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam()); 3964 } 3965 3966 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: 3967 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), 3968 /*isNullPtr*/true); 3969 3970 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3971 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3972 3973 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 3974 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 3975 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 3976 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 3977 3978 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 3979 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 3980 3981 case TemplateArgument::Type: 3982 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 3983 3984 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 3985 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 3986 return Arg; 3987 3988 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 3989 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 3990 unsigned Idx = 0; 3991 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 3992 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 3993 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 3994 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 3995 3996 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 3997 } 3998 } 3999 4000 // Silence GCC warning 4001 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 4002} 4003 4004NestedNameSpecifier * 4005ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 4006 if (!NNS) 4007 return 0; 4008 4009 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 4010 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 4011 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 4012 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 4013 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 4014 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 4015 4016 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 4017 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4018 // this namespace and no prefix. 4019 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4020 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 4021 4022 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 4023 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4024 // this namespace and no prefix. 4025 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4026 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 4027 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 4028 4029 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 4030 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 4031 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 4032 4033 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 4034 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 4035 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 4036 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 4037 // types, e.g., 4038 // typedef typename T::type T1; 4039 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 4040 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 4041 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 4042 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 4043 4044 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 4045 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 4046 // first place? 4047 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 4048 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 4049 } 4050 4051 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 4052 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 4053 return NNS; 4054 } 4055 4056 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 4057} 4058 4059 4060const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 4061 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 4062 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 4063 // Handle the common positive case fast. 4064 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 4065 return AT; 4066 } 4067 4068 // Handle the common negative case fast. 4069 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 4070 return 0; 4071 4072 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 4073 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 4074 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 4075 4076 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 4077 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 4078 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 4079 4080 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4081 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 4082 4083 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 4084 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 4085 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 4086 return ATy; 4087 4088 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 4089 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 4090 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 4091 4092 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 4093 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 4094 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 4095 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4096 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 4097 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 4098 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 4099 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4100 4101 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 4102 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 4103 return cast<ArrayType>( 4104 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 4105 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 4106 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 4107 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4108 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 4109 4110 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 4111 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 4112 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 4113 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 4114 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4115 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 4116} 4117 4118QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 4119 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 4120 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 4121 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 4122 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 4123 // the array type derivation. 4124 if (T->isArrayType()) 4125 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 4126 4127 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 4128 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 4129 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 4130 // in 6.3.2.1. 4131 if (T->isFunctionType()) 4132 return getPointerType(T); 4133 4134 return T; 4135} 4136 4137QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 4138 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 4139 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 4140 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 4141} 4142 4143/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 4144/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 4145/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 4146/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 4147/// 4148/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 4149QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 4150 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 4151 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 4152 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 4153 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 4154 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 4155 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 4156 4157 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 4158 4159 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 4160 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 4161} 4162 4163QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 4164 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 4165} 4166 4167QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 4168 Qualifiers qs; 4169 while (true) { 4170 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4171 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 4172 if (!array) break; 4173 4174 type = array->getElementType(); 4175 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 4176 } 4177 4178 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 4179} 4180 4181/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 4182uint64_t 4183ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 4184 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 4185 do { 4186 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4187 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>( 4188 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); 4189 } while (CA); 4190 return ElementCount; 4191} 4192 4193/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 4194/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 4195static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 4196 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4197 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 4198 4199 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4200 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4201 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4202 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 4203 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 4204 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 4205 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 4206 } 4207} 4208 4209/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 4210/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 4211/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 4212/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 4213QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 4214 QualType Domain) const { 4215 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 4216 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 4217 switch (EltRank) { 4218 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 4219 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 4220 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 4221 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 4222 } 4223 } 4224 4225 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 4226 switch (EltRank) { 4227 case HalfRank: return HalfTy; 4228 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 4229 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 4230 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 4231 } 4232 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 4233} 4234 4235/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 4236/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 4237/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4238/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4239int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4240 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 4241 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 4242 4243 if (LHSR == RHSR) 4244 return 0; 4245 if (LHSR > RHSR) 4246 return 1; 4247 return -1; 4248} 4249 4250/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 4251/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 4252/// or if it is not canonicalized. 4253unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 4254 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 4255 4256 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 4257 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 4258 case BuiltinType::Bool: 4259 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 4260 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4261 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4262 case BuiltinType::SChar: 4263 case BuiltinType::UChar: 4264 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 4265 case BuiltinType::Short: 4266 case BuiltinType::UShort: 4267 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 4268 case BuiltinType::Int: 4269 case BuiltinType::UInt: 4270 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 4271 case BuiltinType::Long: 4272 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4273 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 4274 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 4275 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 4276 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 4277 case BuiltinType::Int128: 4278 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 4279 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 4280 } 4281} 4282 4283/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 4284/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 4285/// 4286/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 4287/// promotion occurs. 4288QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 4289 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 4290 return QualType(); 4291 4292 FieldDecl *Field = E->getSourceBitField(); // FIXME: conditional bit-fields? 4293 if (!Field) 4294 return QualType(); 4295 4296 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 4297 4298 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4299 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 4300 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 4301 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 4302 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 4303 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 4304 return IntTy; 4305 4306 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 4307 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4308 4309 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 4310 // like the base type. 4311 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 4312 // is ridiculous. 4313 return QualType(); 4314} 4315 4316/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 4317/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 4318/// integer type. 4319QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 4320 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 4321 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 4322 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 4323 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 4324 4325 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4326 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 4327 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 4328 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 4329 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 4330 // unsigned long long int [...] 4331 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 4332 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 4333 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 4334 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 4335 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 4336 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 4337 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 4338 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 4339 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 4340 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 4341 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 4342 if (FromSize < ToSize || 4343 (FromSize == ToSize && 4344 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 4345 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 4346 } 4347 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 4348 } 4349 } 4350 4351 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 4352 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 4353 return IntTy; 4354 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); 4355 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); 4356 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 4357 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4358} 4359 4360/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 4361/// type and returns its ownership. 4362Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 4363 while (!T.isNull()) { 4364 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4365 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4366 if (T->isArrayType()) 4367 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4368 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4369 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4370 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4371 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4372 else 4373 break; 4374 } 4375 4376 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4377} 4378 4379/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4380/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4381/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4382int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4383 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4384 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4385 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4386 4387 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4388 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4389 4390 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4391 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4392 4393 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4394 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4395 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4396 } 4397 4398 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4399 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4400 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4401 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4402 return 1; 4403 4404 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4405 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4406 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4407 return -1; 4408 } 4409 4410 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4411 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4412 return -1; 4413 4414 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4415 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4416 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4417 return 1; 4418} 4419 4420static RecordDecl * 4421CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4422 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4423 SourceLocation Loc; 4424 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4425 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4426 else 4427 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4428} 4429 4430// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4431QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4432 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4433 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4434 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4435 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4436 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4437 4438 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4439 4440 // const int *isa; 4441 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4442 // int flags; 4443 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4444 // const char *str; 4445 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4446 // long length; 4447 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4448 4449 // Create fields 4450 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4451 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4452 SourceLocation(), 4453 SourceLocation(), 0, 4454 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4455 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4456 /*Mutable=*/false, 4457 ICIS_NoInit); 4458 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4459 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4460 } 4461 4462 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4463 } 4464 4465 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4466} 4467 4468QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const { 4469 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) { 4470 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = 4471 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super")); 4472 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4473 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4474 } 4475 return ObjCSuperType; 4476} 4477 4478void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4479 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4480 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4481 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4482} 4483 4484QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4485 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4486 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4487 4488 RecordDecl *T; 4489 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4490 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4491 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4492 T->startDefinition(); 4493 4494 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4495 UnsignedLongTy, 4496 UnsignedLongTy, 4497 }; 4498 4499 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4500 "reserved", 4501 "Size" 4502 }; 4503 4504 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4505 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4506 SourceLocation(), 4507 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4508 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4509 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4510 /*Mutable=*/false, 4511 ICIS_NoInit); 4512 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4513 T->addDecl(Field); 4514 } 4515 4516 T->completeDefinition(); 4517 4518 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4519 4520 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4521} 4522 4523QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4524 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4525 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4526 4527 RecordDecl *T; 4528 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4529 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4530 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4531 T->startDefinition(); 4532 4533 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4534 UnsignedLongTy, 4535 UnsignedLongTy, 4536 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4537 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4538 }; 4539 4540 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4541 "reserved", 4542 "Size", 4543 "CopyFuncPtr", 4544 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4545 }; 4546 4547 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4548 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4549 SourceLocation(), 4550 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4551 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4552 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4553 /*Mutable=*/false, 4554 ICIS_NoInit); 4555 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4556 T->addDecl(Field); 4557 } 4558 4559 T->completeDefinition(); 4560 4561 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4562 4563 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4564} 4565 4566/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" 4567/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic 4568/// in buildByrefHelpers. 4569bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, 4570 const VarDecl *D) { 4571 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4572 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); 4573 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; 4574 4575 return true; 4576 } 4577 4578 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; 4579 4580 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); 4581 4582 // If we have lifetime, that dominates. 4583 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { 4584 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4585 4586 switch (lifetime) { 4587 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); 4588 4589 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. 4590 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4591 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4592 return false; 4593 4594 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the 4595 // byref routines. 4596 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4597 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. 4598 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4599 return true; 4600 } 4601 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); 4602 } 4603 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || 4604 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); 4605} 4606 4607bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, 4608 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, 4609 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { 4610 4611 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || 4612 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4613 return false; 4614 4615 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; 4616 if (Ty->isRecordType()) { 4617 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; 4618 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4619 } 4620 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 4621 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime(); 4622 // MRR. 4623 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4624 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 4625 else 4626 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4627 return true; 4628} 4629 4630TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4631 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4632 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4633 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4634 SourceLocation(), 4635 SourceLocation(), 4636 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4637 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4638 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4639} 4640 4641// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4642// typedef <type> BOOL; 4643static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4644 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4645 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4646 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4647 4648 return false; 4649} 4650 4651/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4652/// purpose. 4653CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4654 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4655 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4656 4657 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4658 4659 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4660 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4661 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4662 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4663 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4664 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4665 return sz; 4666} 4667 4668static inline 4669std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4670 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4671} 4672 4673/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4674/// declaration. 4675std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4676 std::string S; 4677 4678 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4679 QualType BlockTy = 4680 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4681 // Encode result type. 4682 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4683 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, 4684 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4685 S, true /*Extended*/); 4686 else 4687 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4688 S); 4689 // Compute size of all parameters. 4690 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4691 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4692 SourceLocation Loc; 4693 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4694 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4695 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4696 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4697 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4698 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4699 if (sz.isZero()) 4700 continue; 4701 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4702 ParmOffset += sz; 4703 } 4704 // Size of the argument frame 4705 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4706 // Block pointer and offset. 4707 S += "@?0"; 4708 4709 // Argument types. 4710 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4711 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4712 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4713 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4714 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4715 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4716 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4717 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4718 // elements. 4719 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4720 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4721 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4722 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4723 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4724 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, 4725 S, true /*Extended*/); 4726 else 4727 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4728 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4729 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4730 } 4731 4732 return S; 4733} 4734 4735bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4736 std::string& S) { 4737 // Encode result type. 4738 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4739 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4740 // Compute size of all parameters. 4741 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4742 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4743 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4744 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4745 if (sz.isZero()) 4746 continue; 4747 4748 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4749 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4750 ParmOffset += sz; 4751 } 4752 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4753 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4754 4755 // Argument types. 4756 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4757 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4758 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4759 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4760 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4761 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4762 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4763 // elements. 4764 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4765 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4766 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4767 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4768 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4769 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4770 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4771 } 4772 4773 return false; 4774} 4775 4776/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4777/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4778/// block object types. 4779void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4780 QualType T, std::string& S, 4781 bool Extended) const { 4782 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4783 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4784 // Encode parameter type. 4785 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4786 true /*OutermostType*/, 4787 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4788 false /*StructField*/, 4789 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4790 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4791} 4792 4793/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4794/// declaration. 4795bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4796 std::string& S, 4797 bool Extended) const { 4798 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4799 // Encode return type. 4800 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4801 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4802 // Compute size of all parameters. 4803 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4804 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4805 SourceLocation Loc; 4806 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4807 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4808 // their size. 4809 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4810 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4811 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4812 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4813 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4814 if (sz.isZero()) 4815 continue; 4816 4817 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4818 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4819 ParmOffset += sz; 4820 } 4821 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4822 S += "@0:"; 4823 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4824 4825 // Argument types. 4826 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4827 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4828 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4829 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4830 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4831 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4832 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4833 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4834 // elements. 4835 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4836 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4837 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4838 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4839 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4840 PType, S, Extended); 4841 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4842 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4843 } 4844 4845 return false; 4846} 4847 4848/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4849/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4850/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4851/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4852/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4853/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4854/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4855/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4856/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4857/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4858/// @code 4859/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4860/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4861/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4862/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4863/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4864/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4865/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4866/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4867/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4868/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4869/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4870/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4871/// }; 4872/// @endcode 4873void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4874 const Decl *Container, 4875 std::string& S) const { 4876 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4877 bool Dynamic = false; 4878 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4879 4880 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4881 if (Container) { 4882 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4883 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4884 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4885 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4886 i != e; ++i) { 4887 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4888 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4889 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4890 Dynamic = true; 4891 } else { 4892 SynthesizePID = PID; 4893 } 4894 } 4895 } 4896 } else { 4897 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4898 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4899 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4900 i != e; ++i) { 4901 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4902 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4903 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4904 Dynamic = true; 4905 } else { 4906 SynthesizePID = PID; 4907 } 4908 } 4909 } 4910 } 4911 } 4912 4913 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4914 S = "T"; 4915 4916 // Encode result type. 4917 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4918 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4919 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4920 true /* outermost type */, 4921 true /* encoding for property */); 4922 4923 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4924 S += ",R"; 4925 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_copy) 4926 S += ",C"; 4927 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_retain) 4928 S += ",&"; 4929 } else { 4930 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4931 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4932 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4933 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4934 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4935 } 4936 } 4937 4938 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4939 // are "dynamic by default". 4940 if (Dynamic) 4941 S += ",D"; 4942 4943 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4944 S += ",N"; 4945 4946 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4947 S += ",G"; 4948 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4949 } 4950 4951 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4952 S += ",S"; 4953 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4954 } 4955 4956 if (SynthesizePID) { 4957 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4958 S += ",V"; 4959 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4960 } 4961 4962 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4963} 4964 4965/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4966/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4967/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4968/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4969/// 4970void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4971 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4972 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4973 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4974 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 4975 else 4976 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4977 PointeeTy = IntTy; 4978 } 4979 } 4980} 4981 4982void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 4983 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 4984 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 4985 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 4986 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 4987 // same type. 4988 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 4989 true /* outermost type */); 4990} 4991 4992static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, 4993 BuiltinType::Kind kind) { 4994 switch (kind) { 4995 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 4996 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 4997 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4998 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 4999 case BuiltinType::Char16: 5000 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 5001 case BuiltinType::Char32: 5002 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 5003 case BuiltinType::ULong: 5004 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 5005 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 5006 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 5007 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 5008 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 5009 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 5010 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 5011 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 5012 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 5013 case BuiltinType::Long: 5014 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 5015 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 5016 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 5017 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 5018 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 5019 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 5020 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char* 5021 5022 case BuiltinType::Half: 5023 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these! 5024 return ' '; 5025 5026 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 5027 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 5028 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 5029 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type"); 5030 5031 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings. 5032 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 5033 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 5034 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 5035 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 5036 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 5037 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 5038 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 5039 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 5040 case BuiltinType::Dependent: 5041#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID) 5042#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \ 5043 case BuiltinType::KIND: 5044#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" 5045 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode"); 5046 } 5047 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value"); 5048} 5049 5050static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 5051 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 5052 5053 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 5054 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 5055 return 'i'; 5056 5057 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 5058 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5059 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind()); 5060} 5061 5062static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 5063 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 5064 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 5065 S += 'b'; 5066 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 5067 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 5068 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 5069 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 5070 // 5071 // struct 5072 // { 5073 // int integer; 5074 // int flags:2; 5075 // }; 5076 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 5077 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 5078 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 5079 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 5080 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 5081 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 5082 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 5083 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5084 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 5085 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 5086 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 5087 else { 5088 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5089 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind()); 5090 } 5091 } 5092 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 5093} 5094 5095// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 5096void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 5097 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 5098 bool ExpandStructures, 5099 const FieldDecl *FD, 5100 bool OutermostType, 5101 bool EncodingProperty, 5102 bool StructField, 5103 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 5104 bool EncodeClassNames, 5105 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const { 5106 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T); 5107 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) { 5108 case Type::Builtin: 5109 case Type::Enum: 5110 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 5111 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 5112 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT)) 5113 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind()); 5114 else 5115 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT)); 5116 return; 5117 5118 case Type::Complex: { 5119 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>(); 5120 S += 'j'; 5121 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 5122 false); 5123 return; 5124 } 5125 5126 case Type::Atomic: { 5127 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>(); 5128 S += 'A'; 5129 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0, 5130 false, false); 5131 return; 5132 } 5133 5134 // encoding for pointer or reference types. 5135 case Type::Pointer: 5136 case Type::LValueReference: 5137 case Type::RValueReference: { 5138 QualType PointeeTy; 5139 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) { 5140 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>(); 5141 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 5142 S += ':'; 5143 return; 5144 } 5145 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 5146 } else { 5147 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); 5148 } 5149 5150 bool isReadOnly = false; 5151 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 5152 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 5153 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 5154 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 5155 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 5156 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 5157 isReadOnly = true; 5158 S += 'r'; 5159 } 5160 } else if (OutermostType) { 5161 QualType P = PointeeTy; 5162 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 5163 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5164 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 5165 isReadOnly = true; 5166 S += 'r'; 5167 } 5168 } 5169 if (isReadOnly) { 5170 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 5171 // combinations need to be rearranged. 5172 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 5173 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 5174 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 5175 } 5176 5177 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 5178 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 5179 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 5180 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 5181 S += '*'; 5182 return; 5183 } 5184 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5185 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 5186 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 5187 S += '#'; 5188 return; 5189 } 5190 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 5191 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 5192 S += '@'; 5193 return; 5194 } 5195 // fall through... 5196 } 5197 S += '^'; 5198 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 5199 5200 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5201 NULL); 5202 return; 5203 } 5204 5205 case Type::ConstantArray: 5206 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5207 case Type::VariableArray: { 5208 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT); 5209 5210 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 5211 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 5212 S += '^'; 5213 5214 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5215 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5216 } else { 5217 S += '['; 5218 5219 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 5220 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0) 5221 S += '0'; 5222 else 5223 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 5224 } else { 5225 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 5226 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 5227 "Unknown array type!"); 5228 S += '0'; 5229 } 5230 5231 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5232 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5233 S += ']'; 5234 } 5235 return; 5236 } 5237 5238 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 5239 case Type::FunctionProto: 5240 S += '?'; 5241 return; 5242 5243 case Type::Record: { 5244 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl(); 5245 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 5246 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 5247 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 5248 S += II->getName(); 5249 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 5250 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 5251 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 5252 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S); 5253 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS, 5254 TemplateArgs.data(), 5255 TemplateArgs.size(), 5256 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 5257 } 5258 } else { 5259 S += '?'; 5260 } 5261 if (ExpandStructures) { 5262 S += '='; 5263 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 5264 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 5265 } else { 5266 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5267 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5268 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 5269 if (FD) { 5270 S += '"'; 5271 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 5272 S += '"'; 5273 } 5274 5275 // Special case bit-fields. 5276 if (Field->isBitField()) { 5277 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 5278 *Field); 5279 } else { 5280 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 5281 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5282 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 5283 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 5284 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5285 /*StructField*/true); 5286 } 5287 } 5288 } 5289 } 5290 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 5291 return; 5292 } 5293 5294 case Type::BlockPointer: { 5295 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>(); 5296 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 5297 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 5298 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 5299 5300 S += '<'; 5301 // Block return type 5302 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 5303 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 5304 FD, 5305 false /* OutermostType */, 5306 EncodingProperty, 5307 false /* StructField */, 5308 EncodeBlockParameters, 5309 EncodeClassNames); 5310 // Block self 5311 S += "@?"; 5312 // Block parameters 5313 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 5314 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5315 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 5316 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 5317 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5318 ExpandStructures, 5319 FD, 5320 false /* OutermostType */, 5321 EncodingProperty, 5322 false /* StructField */, 5323 EncodeBlockParameters, 5324 EncodeClassNames); 5325 } 5326 } 5327 S += '>'; 5328 } 5329 return; 5330 } 5331 5332 case Type::ObjCObject: 5333 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 5334 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 5335 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType(); 5336 5337 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed 5338 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'. 5339 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); 5340 // @encode(class_name) 5341 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 5342 S += '{'; 5343 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 5344 S += II->getName(); 5345 S += '='; 5346 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5347 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5348 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5349 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 5350 if (Field->isBitField()) 5351 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 5352 else 5353 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD, 5354 false, false, false, false, false, 5355 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef); 5356 } 5357 S += '}'; 5358 return; 5359 } 5360 5361 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 5362 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5363 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 5364 S += '@'; 5365 return; 5366 } 5367 5368 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 5369 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 5370 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 5371 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 5372 S += '#'; 5373 return; 5374 } 5375 5376 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5377 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 5378 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5379 ExpandStructures, FD); 5380 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 5381 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 5382 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 5383 S += '"'; 5384 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5385 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5386 S += '<'; 5387 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5388 S += '>'; 5389 } 5390 S += '"'; 5391 } 5392 return; 5393 } 5394 5395 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 5396 if (!EncodingProperty && 5397 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) && 5398 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) { 5399 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 5400 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 5401 // {...}; 5402 S += '^'; 5403 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 5404 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5405 NULL, 5406 false, false, false, false, false, 5407 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true); 5408 return; 5409 } 5410 5411 S += '@'; 5412 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 5413 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 5414 S += '"'; 5415 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5416 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5417 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5418 S += '<'; 5419 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5420 S += '>'; 5421 } 5422 S += '"'; 5423 } 5424 return; 5425 } 5426 5427 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 5428 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available. 5429 case Type::MemberPointer: 5430 return; 5431 5432 case Type::Vector: 5433 case Type::ExtVector: 5434 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5435 // insufficient. 5436 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5437 return; 5438 5439 case Type::Auto: 5440 // We could see an undeduced auto type here during error recovery. 5441 // Just ignore it. 5442 return; 5443 5444#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5445#define TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5446#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5447 case Type::KIND: 5448#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5449 case Type::KIND: 5450#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5451 case Type::KIND: 5452#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 5453 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!"); 5454 } 5455 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!"); 5456} 5457 5458void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5459 std::string &S, 5460 const FieldDecl *FD, 5461 bool includeVBases) const { 5462 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5463 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5464 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5465 return; 5466 5467 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5468 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5469 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5470 5471 if (CXXRec) { 5472 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5473 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5474 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5475 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5476 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5477 if (base->isEmpty()) 5478 continue; 5479 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5480 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5481 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5482 } 5483 } 5484 } 5485 5486 unsigned i = 0; 5487 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5488 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5489 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5490 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5491 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5492 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5493 } 5494 5495 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5496 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5497 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5498 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5499 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5500 if (base->isEmpty()) 5501 continue; 5502 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5503 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5504 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5505 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5506 } 5507 } 5508 5509 CharUnits size; 5510 if (CXXRec) { 5511 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5512 } else { 5513 size = layout.getSize(); 5514 } 5515 5516 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5517 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5518 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5519 5520 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5521 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5522 if (FD) { 5523 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5524 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5525 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5526 S += recname; 5527 S += '"'; 5528 } 5529 S += "^^?"; 5530 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5531 } 5532 5533 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5534 // Mark the end of the structure. 5535 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5536 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5537 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5538 } 5539 5540 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5541 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5542 5543 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5544 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5545 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5546 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5547 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5548 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5549 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5550 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5551 // longer then though. 5552 CurOffs += padding; 5553 } 5554 5555 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5556 if (dcl == 0) 5557 break; // reached end of structure. 5558 5559 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5560 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5561 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5562 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5563 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5564 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5565 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5566 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5567 } else { 5568 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5569 if (FD) { 5570 S += '"'; 5571 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5572 S += '"'; 5573 } 5574 5575 if (field->isBitField()) { 5576 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5577 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5578 } else { 5579 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5580 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5581 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5582 /*OutermostType*/false, 5583 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5584 /*StructField*/true); 5585 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5586 } 5587 } 5588 } 5589} 5590 5591void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5592 std::string& S) const { 5593 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5594 S += 'n'; 5595 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5596 S += 'N'; 5597 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5598 S += 'o'; 5599 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5600 S += 'O'; 5601 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5602 S += 'R'; 5603 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5604 S += 'V'; 5605} 5606 5607TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5608 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5609 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5610 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5611 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5612 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5613 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5614 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5615 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5616 } 5617 5618 return ObjCIdDecl; 5619} 5620 5621TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5622 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5623 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5624 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5625 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5626 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5627 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5628 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5629 } 5630 return ObjCSelDecl; 5631} 5632 5633TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5634 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5635 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5636 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5637 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5638 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5639 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5640 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5641 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5642 } 5643 5644 return ObjCClassDecl; 5645} 5646 5647ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5648 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5649 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5650 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5651 SourceLocation(), 5652 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5653 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5654 SourceLocation(), true); 5655 } 5656 5657 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5658} 5659 5660//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5661// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5662//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5663 5664static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5665 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5666 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5667 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5668 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5669 5670 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5671 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5672 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5673 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5674 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5675 TInfo); 5676 return VaListTypeDecl; 5677} 5678 5679static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5680 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5681 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5682 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5683 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5684 5685 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5686 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5687 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5688 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5689 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5690 TInfo); 5691 return VaListTypeDecl; 5692} 5693 5694static TypedefDecl * 5695CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5696 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5697 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5698 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5699 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5700 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5701 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5702 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5703 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5704 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5705 5706 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5707 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5708 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5709 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5710 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5711 } else { 5712 // struct __va_list 5713 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5714 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5715 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5716 } 5717 5718 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5719 5720 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5721 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5722 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5723 5724 // void *__stack; 5725 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5726 FieldNames[0] = "__stack"; 5727 5728 // void *__gr_top; 5729 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5730 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top"; 5731 5732 // void *__vr_top; 5733 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5734 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top"; 5735 5736 // int __gr_offs; 5737 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy; 5738 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs"; 5739 5740 // int __vr_offs; 5741 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy; 5742 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs"; 5743 5744 // Create fields 5745 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5746 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5747 VaListTagDecl, 5748 SourceLocation(), 5749 SourceLocation(), 5750 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5751 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5752 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5753 /*Mutable=*/false, 5754 ICIS_NoInit); 5755 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5756 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5757 } 5758 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5759 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5760 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5761 5762 // } __builtin_va_list; 5763 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5764 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5765 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5766 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5767 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5768 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5769 5770 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5771} 5772 5773static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5774 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5775 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5776 5777 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5778 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5779 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5780 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5781 5782 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5783 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5784 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5785 5786 // unsigned char gpr; 5787 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5788 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5789 5790 // unsigned char fpr; 5791 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5792 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5793 5794 // unsigned short reserved; 5795 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5796 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5797 5798 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5799 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5800 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5801 5802 // void* reg_save_area; 5803 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5804 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5805 5806 // Create fields 5807 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5808 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5809 SourceLocation(), 5810 SourceLocation(), 5811 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5812 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5813 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5814 /*Mutable=*/false, 5815 ICIS_NoInit); 5816 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5817 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5818 } 5819 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5820 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5821 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5822 5823 // } __va_list_tag; 5824 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5825 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5826 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5827 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5828 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5829 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5830 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5831 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5832 5833 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5834 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5835 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5836 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5837 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5838 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5839 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5840 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5841 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5842 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5843 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5844 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5845 TInfo); 5846 5847 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5848} 5849 5850static TypedefDecl * 5851CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5852 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5853 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5854 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5855 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5856 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5857 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5858 5859 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5860 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5861 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5862 5863 // unsigned gp_offset; 5864 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5865 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5866 5867 // unsigned fp_offset; 5868 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5869 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5870 5871 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5872 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5873 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5874 5875 // void* reg_save_area; 5876 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5877 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5878 5879 // Create fields 5880 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5881 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5882 VaListTagDecl, 5883 SourceLocation(), 5884 SourceLocation(), 5885 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5886 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5887 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5888 /*Mutable=*/false, 5889 ICIS_NoInit); 5890 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5891 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5892 } 5893 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5894 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5895 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5896 5897 // } __va_list_tag; 5898 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5899 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5900 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5901 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5902 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5903 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5904 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5905 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5906 5907 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5908 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5909 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5910 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5911 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5912 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5913 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5914 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5915 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5916 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5917 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5918 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5919 TInfo); 5920 5921 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5922} 5923 5924static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5925 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5926 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5927 QualType IntArrayType 5928 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5929 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5930 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5931 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5932 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5933 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5934 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5935 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5936 5937 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5938} 5939 5940static TypedefDecl * 5941CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5942 RecordDecl *VaListDecl; 5943 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5944 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5945 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5946 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5947 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5948 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5949 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5950 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5951 5952 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5953 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5954 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5955 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5956 5957 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5958 5959 } else { 5960 // struct __va_list { 5961 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5962 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5963 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5964 } 5965 5966 VaListDecl->startDefinition(); 5967 5968 // void * __ap; 5969 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5970 VaListDecl, 5971 SourceLocation(), 5972 SourceLocation(), 5973 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), 5974 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), 5975 /*TInfo=*/0, 5976 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5977 /*Mutable=*/false, 5978 ICIS_NoInit); 5979 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5980 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); 5981 5982 // }; 5983 VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); 5984 5985 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; 5986 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5987 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl)); 5988 5989 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5990 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5991 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5992 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5993 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5994 TInfo); 5995 5996 return VaListTypeDecl; 5997} 5998 5999static TypedefDecl * 6000CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 6001 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 6002 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 6003 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 6004 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6005 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 6006 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 6007 6008 const size_t NumFields = 4; 6009 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 6010 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 6011 6012 // long __gpr; 6013 FieldTypes[0] = Context->LongTy; 6014 FieldNames[0] = "__gpr"; 6015 6016 // long __fpr; 6017 FieldTypes[1] = Context->LongTy; 6018 FieldNames[1] = "__fpr"; 6019 6020 // void *__overflow_arg_area; 6021 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6022 FieldNames[2] = "__overflow_arg_area"; 6023 6024 // void *__reg_save_area; 6025 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6026 FieldNames[3] = "__reg_save_area"; 6027 6028 // Create fields 6029 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 6030 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6031 VaListTagDecl, 6032 SourceLocation(), 6033 SourceLocation(), 6034 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 6035 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 6036 /*BitWidth=*/0, 6037 /*Mutable=*/false, 6038 ICIS_NoInit); 6039 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 6040 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 6041 } 6042 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 6043 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 6044 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 6045 6046 // } __va_list_tag; 6047 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 6048 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6049 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6050 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6051 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 6052 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 6053 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 6054 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 6055 6056 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 6057 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 6058 QualType VaListTagArrayType 6059 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 6060 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 6061 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 6062 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 6063 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 6064 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6065 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6066 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6067 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6068 TInfo); 6069 6070 return VaListTypedefDecl; 6071} 6072 6073static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 6074 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 6075 switch (Kind) { 6076 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 6077 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6078 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 6079 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6080 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6081 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6082 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 6083 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6084 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6085 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6086 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 6087 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6088 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: 6089 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6090 case TargetInfo::SystemZBuiltinVaList: 6091 return CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6092 } 6093 6094 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 6095} 6096 6097TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 6098 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 6099 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 6100 6101 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 6102} 6103 6104QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 6105 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 6106 // declaration. 6107 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 6108 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 6109 6110 return VaListTagTy; 6111} 6112 6113void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 6114 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 6115 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 6116 6117 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 6118} 6119 6120/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 6121/// lookup. 6122TemplateName 6123ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 6124 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 6125 unsigned size = End - Begin; 6126 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 6127 6128 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 6129 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 6130 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 6131 6132 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 6133 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 6134 NamedDecl *D = *I; 6135 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 6136 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 6137 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 6138 *Storage++ = D; 6139 } 6140 6141 return TemplateName(OT); 6142} 6143 6144/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 6145/// template name such as \c std::vector. 6146TemplateName 6147ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6148 bool TemplateKeyword, 6149 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 6150 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 6151 6152 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 6153 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6154 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6155 6156 void *InsertPos = 0; 6157 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 6158 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6159 if (!QTN) { 6160 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 6161 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6162 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6163 } 6164 6165 return TemplateName(QTN); 6166} 6167 6168/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6169/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 6170TemplateName 6171ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6172 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 6173 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6174 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6175 6176 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6177 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 6178 6179 void *InsertPos = 0; 6180 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 6181 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6182 6183 if (QTN) 6184 return TemplateName(QTN); 6185 6186 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6187 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6188 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6189 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 6190 } else { 6191 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 6192 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6193 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 6194 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 6195 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6196 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 6197 (void)CheckQTN; 6198 } 6199 6200 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6201 return TemplateName(QTN); 6202} 6203 6204/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6205/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 6206TemplateName 6207ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6208 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 6209 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6210 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6211 6212 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6213 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 6214 6215 void *InsertPos = 0; 6216 DependentTemplateName *QTN 6217 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6218 6219 if (QTN) 6220 return TemplateName(QTN); 6221 6222 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6223 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6224 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6225 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 6226 } else { 6227 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 6228 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6229 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 6230 6231 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 6232 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6233 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 6234 (void)CheckQTN; 6235 } 6236 6237 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6238 return TemplateName(QTN); 6239} 6240 6241TemplateName 6242ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 6243 TemplateName replacement) const { 6244 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6245 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 6246 6247 void *insertPos = 0; 6248 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 6249 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 6250 6251 if (!subst) { 6252 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 6253 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 6254 } 6255 6256 return TemplateName(subst); 6257} 6258 6259TemplateName 6260ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6261 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 6262 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 6263 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6264 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 6265 6266 void *InsertPos = 0; 6267 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 6268 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6269 6270 if (!Subst) { 6271 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 6272 ArgPack.pack_size(), 6273 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 6274 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 6275 } 6276 6277 return TemplateName(Subst); 6278} 6279 6280/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 6281/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 6282/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 6283CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 6284 switch (Type) { 6285 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 6286 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 6287 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 6288 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 6289 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 6290 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 6291 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 6292 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 6293 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6294 } 6295 6296 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 6297} 6298 6299//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6300// Type Predicates. 6301//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6302 6303/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 6304/// garbage collection attribute. 6305/// 6306Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 6307 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 6308 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 6309 6310 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 6311 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 6312 6313 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 6314 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 6315 // as __strong. 6316 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 6317 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 6318 return Qualifiers::Strong; 6319 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 6320 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 6321 } else { 6322 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 6323 // pointer. 6324#ifndef NDEBUG 6325 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 6326 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 6327 CT = AT->getElementType(); 6328 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 6329#endif 6330 } 6331 return GCAttrs; 6332} 6333 6334//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6335// Type Compatibility Testing 6336//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6337 6338/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 6339/// compatible. 6340static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 6341 const VectorType *RHS) { 6342 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 6343 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 6344 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 6345} 6346 6347bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 6348 QualType SecondVec) { 6349 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 6350 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 6351 6352 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 6353 return true; 6354 6355 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 6356 // equivalent GCC vector types. 6357 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6358 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6359 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 6360 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 6361 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6362 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 6363 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6364 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 6365 return true; 6366 6367 return false; 6368} 6369 6370//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6371// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 6372//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6373 6374/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 6375/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 6376bool 6377ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 6378 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 6379 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 6380 return true; 6381 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 6382 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 6383 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 6384 return true; 6385 return false; 6386} 6387 6388/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...> 6389/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 6390/// otherwise. 6391bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 6392 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6393 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 6394 return false; 6395} 6396 6397/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and 6398/// Class<pr1, ...>. 6399bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 6400 QualType rhs) { 6401 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6402 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6403 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 6404 6405 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6406 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6407 bool match = false; 6408 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6409 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6410 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6411 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6412 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 6413 match = true; 6414 break; 6415 } 6416 } 6417 if (!match) 6418 return false; 6419 } 6420 return true; 6421} 6422 6423/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 6424/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 6425bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6426 bool compare) { 6427 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 6428 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6429 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 6430 return true; 6431 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6432 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 6433 return true; 6434 6435 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 6436 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6437 6438 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 6439 6440 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 6441 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 6442 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6443 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6444 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6445 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6446 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6447 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6448 // through its super class and categories. 6449 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 6450 return false; 6451 } 6452 } 6453 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 6454 return true; 6455 } 6456 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6457 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6458 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6459 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6460 bool match = false; 6461 6462 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6463 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6464 // through its super class and categories. 6465 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6466 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6467 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6468 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6469 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6470 match = true; 6471 break; 6472 } 6473 } 6474 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 6475 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6476 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6477 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6478 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6479 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6480 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6481 // through its super class and categories. 6482 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 6483 match = true; 6484 break; 6485 } 6486 } 6487 } 6488 if (!match) 6489 return false; 6490 } 6491 6492 return true; 6493 } 6494 6495 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6496 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 6497 6498 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 6499 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 6500 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6501 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6502 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6503 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6504 bool match = false; 6505 6506 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 6507 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6508 // through its super class and categories. 6509 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 6510 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6511 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6512 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6513 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6514 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6515 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6516 match = true; 6517 break; 6518 } 6519 } 6520 if (!match) 6521 return false; 6522 } 6523 6524 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 6525 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6526 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6527 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6528 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 6529 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 6530 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 6531 // assume that it is mismatch. 6532 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 6533 return false; 6534 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6535 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6536 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6537 bool match = false; 6538 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 6539 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6540 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6541 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6542 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6543 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6544 match = true; 6545 break; 6546 } 6547 } 6548 if (!match) 6549 return false; 6550 } 6551 } 6552 return true; 6553 } 6554 return false; 6555} 6556 6557/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 6558/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 6559/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 6560/// 6561bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6562 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 6563 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6564 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6565 6566 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 6567 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 6568 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 6569 return true; 6570 6571 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 6572 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6573 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6574 false); 6575 6576 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 6577 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6578 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 6579 6580 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 6581 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 6582 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 6583 6584 return false; 6585} 6586 6587/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 6588/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 6589/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 6590/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 6591/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 6592bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6593 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6594 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6595 bool BlockReturnType) { 6596 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 6597 return true; 6598 6599 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 6600 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6601 } 6602 6603 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6604 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6605 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6606 false); 6607 6608 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6609 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6610 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 6611 if (LHS != RHS) { 6612 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 6613 return BlockReturnType; 6614 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 6615 return !BlockReturnType; 6616 } 6617 else 6618 return true; 6619 } 6620 return false; 6621} 6622 6623/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 6624/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 6625/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 6626/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 6627static 6628void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 6629 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6630 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6631 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 6632 6633 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6634 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6635 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 6636 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 6637 6638 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 6639 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 6640 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 6641 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 6642 else { 6643 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6644 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 6645 LHSInheritedProtocols); 6646 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6647 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 6648 } 6649 6650 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 6651 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 6652 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 6653 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 6654 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 6655 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 6656 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 6657 } else { 6658 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 6659 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 6660 RHSInheritedProtocols); 6661 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6662 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6663 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 6664 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6665 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6666 } 6667} 6668 6669/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6670/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6671/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6672/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6673QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6674 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6675 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6676 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6677 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6678 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6679 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6680 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6681 return QualType(); 6682 6683 do { 6684 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6685 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6686 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6687 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6688 6689 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6690 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6691 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6692 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6693 return Result; 6694 } 6695 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6696 6697 return QualType(); 6698} 6699 6700bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6701 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6702 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6703 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6704 6705 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6706 // the LHS. 6707 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6708 return false; 6709 6710 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6711 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6712 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6713 return true; 6714 6715 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6716 // more detailed analysis is required. 6717 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6718 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6719 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6720 // false otherwise. 6721 bool IsSuperClass = 6722 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6723 if (IsSuperClass) { 6724 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6725 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6726 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6727 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6728 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6729 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6730 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6731 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6732 return false; 6733 6734 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6735 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6736 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6737 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6738 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6739 6740 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6741 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6742 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6743 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6744 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6745 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6746 break; 6747 } 6748 } 6749 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6750 return false; 6751 } 6752 return true; 6753 } 6754 return false; 6755 } 6756 6757 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6758 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6759 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6760 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6761 6762 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6763 // are incompatible. 6764 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6765 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6766 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6767 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6768 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6769 break; 6770 } 6771 } 6772 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6773 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6774 return false; 6775 } 6776 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6777 return true; 6778} 6779 6780bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6781 // get the "pointed to" types 6782 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6783 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6784 6785 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6786 return false; 6787 6788 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6789 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6790} 6791 6792bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6793 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6794 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6795 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6796} 6797 6798/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6799/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6800/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6801/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6802bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6803 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6804 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6805 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6806 6807 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6808} 6809 6810bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6811 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6812} 6813 6814bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6815 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6816} 6817 6818/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6819/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6820/// QualType() 6821QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6822 bool OfBlockPointer, 6823 bool Unqualified) { 6824 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6825 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6826 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6827 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6828 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6829 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6830 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6831 if (!MT.isNull()) 6832 return MT; 6833 } 6834 } 6835 } 6836 6837 return QualType(); 6838} 6839 6840/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6841/// argument types 6842QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6843 bool OfBlockPointer, 6844 bool Unqualified) { 6845 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6846 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6847 // type is compatible with a union member 6848 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6849 Unqualified); 6850 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6851 return lmerge; 6852 6853 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6854 Unqualified); 6855 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6856 return rmerge; 6857 6858 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6859} 6860 6861QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6862 bool OfBlockPointer, 6863 bool Unqualified) { 6864 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6865 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6866 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6867 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6868 bool allLTypes = true; 6869 bool allRTypes = true; 6870 6871 // Check return type 6872 QualType retType; 6873 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6874 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6875 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6876 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6877 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6878 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6879 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6880 } 6881 else 6882 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6883 Unqualified); 6884 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6885 6886 if (Unqualified) 6887 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6888 6889 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6890 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6891 if (Unqualified) { 6892 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6893 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6894 } 6895 6896 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6897 allLTypes = false; 6898 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6899 allRTypes = false; 6900 6901 // FIXME: double check this 6902 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6903 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6904 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6905 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6906 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6907 6908 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6909 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6910 return QualType(); 6911 6912 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6913 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6914 return QualType(); 6915 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6916 return QualType(); 6917 6918 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6919 return QualType(); 6920 6921 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6922 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6923 6924 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6925 allLTypes = false; 6926 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6927 allRTypes = false; 6928 6929 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6930 6931 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6932 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6933 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6934 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6935 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6936 6937 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6938 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6939 return QualType(); 6940 6941 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6942 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6943 return QualType(); 6944 6945 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6946 return QualType(); 6947 6948 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6949 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6950 return QualType(); 6951 6952 // Check argument compatibility 6953 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6954 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6955 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6956 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6957 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6958 OfBlockPointer, 6959 Unqualified); 6960 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6961 6962 if (Unqualified) 6963 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6964 6965 types.push_back(argtype); 6966 if (Unqualified) { 6967 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6968 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6969 } 6970 6971 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6972 allLTypes = false; 6973 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6974 allRTypes = false; 6975 } 6976 6977 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6978 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6979 6980 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6981 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6982 return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI); 6983 } 6984 6985 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 6986 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 6987 6988 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 6989 if (proto) { 6990 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6991 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 6992 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 6993 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 6994 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 6995 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 6996 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 6997 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 6998 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 6999 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 7000 7001 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used 7002 // to pass enum values. 7003 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7004 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7005 if (argTy.isNull()) 7006 return QualType(); 7007 } 7008 7009 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 7010 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 7011 return QualType(); 7012 } 7013 7014 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7015 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7016 7017 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 7018 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 7019 return getFunctionType(retType, 7020 ArrayRef<QualType>(proto->arg_type_begin(), 7021 proto->getNumArgs()), 7022 EPI); 7023 } 7024 7025 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7026 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7027 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 7028} 7029 7030/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them. 7031static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET, 7032 QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) { 7033 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 7034 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 7035 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 7036 // type. 7037 QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7038 if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7039 if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other)) 7040 return other; 7041 7042 // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any 7043 // integral type of the same size. 7044 if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() && 7045 Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other)) 7046 return other; 7047 7048 return QualType(); 7049} 7050 7051QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 7052 bool OfBlockPointer, 7053 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 7054 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 7055 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 7056 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 7057 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 7058 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 7059 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 7060 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 7061 7062 if (Unqualified) { 7063 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7064 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7065 } 7066 7067 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7068 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7069 7070 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7071 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7072 return LHS; 7073 7074 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 7075 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7076 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7077 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7078 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 7079 // mismatch. 7080 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7081 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 7082 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 7083 return QualType(); 7084 7085 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7086 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7087 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7088 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7089 // qualified __strong. 7090 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7091 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7092 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7093 7094 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7095 return QualType(); 7096 7097 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7098 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 7099 } 7100 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7101 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 7102 } 7103 return QualType(); 7104 } 7105 7106 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 7107 7108 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7109 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7110 7111 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 7112 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 7113 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7114 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7115 7116 // Same as above for arrays 7117 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7118 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7119 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7120 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7121 7122 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 7123 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7124 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7125 7126 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 7127 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 7128 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 7129 7130 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 7131 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 7132 // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum 7133 // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa. 7134 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7135 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false); 7136 } 7137 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7138 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType); 7139 } 7140 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 7141 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 7142 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7143 return LHS; 7144 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7145 return RHS; 7146 } 7147 7148 return QualType(); 7149 } 7150 7151 // The canonical type classes match. 7152 switch (LHSClass) { 7153#define TYPE(Class, Base) 7154#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 7155#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7156#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7157#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7158#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 7159 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 7160 7161 case Type::Auto: 7162 case Type::LValueReference: 7163 case Type::RValueReference: 7164 case Type::MemberPointer: 7165 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 7166 7167 case Type::ObjCInterface: 7168 case Type::IncompleteArray: 7169 case Type::VariableArray: 7170 case Type::FunctionProto: 7171 case Type::ExtVector: 7172 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 7173 7174 case Type::Pointer: 7175 { 7176 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7177 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7178 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7179 if (Unqualified) { 7180 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7181 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7182 } 7183 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 7184 Unqualified); 7185 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7186 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7187 return LHS; 7188 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7189 return RHS; 7190 return getPointerType(ResultType); 7191 } 7192 case Type::BlockPointer: 7193 { 7194 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7195 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7196 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7197 if (Unqualified) { 7198 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7199 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7200 } 7201 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 7202 Unqualified); 7203 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7204 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7205 return LHS; 7206 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7207 return RHS; 7208 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 7209 } 7210 case Type::Atomic: 7211 { 7212 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7213 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7214 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7215 if (Unqualified) { 7216 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7217 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7218 } 7219 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 7220 Unqualified); 7221 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7222 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7223 return LHS; 7224 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7225 return RHS; 7226 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 7227 } 7228 case Type::ConstantArray: 7229 { 7230 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 7231 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 7232 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 7233 return QualType(); 7234 7235 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 7236 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 7237 if (Unqualified) { 7238 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7239 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7240 } 7241 7242 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 7243 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7244 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7245 return LHS; 7246 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7247 return RHS; 7248 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 7249 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7250 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 7251 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7252 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 7253 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 7254 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7255 return LHS; 7256 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7257 return RHS; 7258 if (LVAT) { 7259 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7260 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 7261 // has to be different. 7262 return LHS; 7263 } 7264 if (RVAT) { 7265 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7266 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 7267 // has to be different. 7268 return RHS; 7269 } 7270 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 7271 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 7272 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 7273 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7274 } 7275 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 7276 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 7277 case Type::Record: 7278 case Type::Enum: 7279 return QualType(); 7280 case Type::Builtin: 7281 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 7282 return QualType(); 7283 case Type::Complex: 7284 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 7285 return QualType(); 7286 case Type::Vector: 7287 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 7288 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 7289 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 7290 return LHS; 7291 return QualType(); 7292 case Type::ObjCObject: { 7293 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 7294 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 7295 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 7296 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7297 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7298 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 7299 return LHS; 7300 7301 return QualType(); 7302 } 7303 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 7304 if (OfBlockPointer) { 7305 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 7306 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7307 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7308 BlockReturnType)) 7309 return LHS; 7310 return QualType(); 7311 } 7312 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7313 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 7314 return LHS; 7315 7316 return QualType(); 7317 } 7318 } 7319 7320 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 7321} 7322 7323bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 7324 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 7325 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 7326 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 7327 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 7328 return false; 7329 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 7330 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7331 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 7332 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7333 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 7334 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 7335 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 7336 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 7337 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 7338 return false; 7339 } 7340 return true; 7341} 7342 7343/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 7344/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 7345/// return types. 7346QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 7347 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7348 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7349 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7350 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7351 return LHS; 7352 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 7353 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 7354 return QualType(); 7355 QualType OldReturnType = 7356 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7357 QualType NewReturnType = 7358 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7359 QualType ResReturnType = 7360 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 7361 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 7362 return QualType(); 7363 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 7364 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 7365 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 7366 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7367 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 7368 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7369 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 7370 QualType ResultType 7371 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, 7372 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 7373 FPT->getNumArgs()), 7374 EPI); 7375 return ResultType; 7376 } 7377 } 7378 return QualType(); 7379 } 7380 7381 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 7382 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7383 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7384 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7385 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 7386 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7387 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 7388 return QualType(); 7389 7390 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7391 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7392 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7393 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7394 // qualified __strong. 7395 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7396 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7397 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7398 7399 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7400 return QualType(); 7401 7402 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 7403 return LHS; 7404 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 7405 return RHS; 7406 return QualType(); 7407 } 7408 7409 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7410 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7411 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7412 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 7413 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 7414 return LHS; 7415 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 7416 return RHS; 7417 } 7418 return QualType(); 7419} 7420 7421//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7422// Integer Predicates 7423//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7424 7425unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 7426 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 7427 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7428 if (T->isBooleanType()) 7429 return 1; 7430 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 7431 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 7432} 7433 7434QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { 7435 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 7436 7437 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 7438 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 7439 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 7440 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 7441 7442 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 7443 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 7444 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7445 7446 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7447 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 7448 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 7449 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 7450 case BuiltinType::SChar: 7451 return UnsignedCharTy; 7452 case BuiltinType::Short: 7453 return UnsignedShortTy; 7454 case BuiltinType::Int: 7455 return UnsignedIntTy; 7456 case BuiltinType::Long: 7457 return UnsignedLongTy; 7458 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7459 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 7460 case BuiltinType::Int128: 7461 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 7462 default: 7463 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 7464 } 7465} 7466 7467ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 7468 7469void ASTMutationListener::DeducedReturnType(const FunctionDecl *FD, 7470 QualType ReturnType) {} 7471 7472//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7473// Builtin Type Computation 7474//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7475 7476/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 7477/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 7478/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 7479/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 7480/// a vector of "i*". 7481/// 7482/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 7483/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 7484static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 7485 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7486 bool &RequiresICE, 7487 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 7488 // Modifiers. 7489 int HowLong = 0; 7490 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 7491 RequiresICE = false; 7492 7493 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 7494 bool Done = false; 7495 while (!Done) { 7496 switch (*Str++) { 7497 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7498 case 'I': 7499 RequiresICE = true; 7500 break; 7501 case 'S': 7502 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7503 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7504 Signed = true; 7505 break; 7506 case 'U': 7507 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7508 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7509 Unsigned = true; 7510 break; 7511 case 'L': 7512 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 7513 ++HowLong; 7514 break; 7515 } 7516 } 7517 7518 QualType Type; 7519 7520 // Read the base type. 7521 switch (*Str++) { 7522 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 7523 case 'v': 7524 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7525 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 7526 Type = Context.VoidTy; 7527 break; 7528 case 'f': 7529 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7530 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7531 Type = Context.FloatTy; 7532 break; 7533 case 'd': 7534 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7535 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 7536 if (HowLong) 7537 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 7538 else 7539 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 7540 break; 7541 case 's': 7542 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 7543 if (Unsigned) 7544 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7545 else 7546 Type = Context.ShortTy; 7547 break; 7548 case 'i': 7549 if (HowLong == 3) 7550 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 7551 else if (HowLong == 2) 7552 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7553 else if (HowLong == 1) 7554 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7555 else 7556 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7557 break; 7558 case 'c': 7559 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 7560 if (Signed) 7561 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 7562 else if (Unsigned) 7563 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7564 else 7565 Type = Context.CharTy; 7566 break; 7567 case 'b': // boolean 7568 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 7569 Type = Context.BoolTy; 7570 break; 7571 case 'z': // size_t. 7572 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 7573 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 7574 break; 7575 case 'F': 7576 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 7577 break; 7578 case 'G': 7579 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 7580 break; 7581 case 'H': 7582 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 7583 break; 7584 case 'M': 7585 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType(); 7586 break; 7587 case 'a': 7588 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7589 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7590 break; 7591 case 'A': 7592 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 7593 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 7594 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 7595 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 7596 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 7597 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 7598 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 7599 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 7600 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7601 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7602 if (Type->isArrayType()) 7603 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 7604 else 7605 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7606 break; 7607 case 'V': { 7608 char *End; 7609 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7610 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7611 Str = End; 7612 7613 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 7614 RequiresICE, false); 7615 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 7616 7617 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 7618 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 7619 VectorType::GenericVector); 7620 break; 7621 } 7622 case 'E': { 7623 char *End; 7624 7625 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7626 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7627 7628 Str = End; 7629 7630 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7631 false); 7632 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 7633 break; 7634 } 7635 case 'X': { 7636 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7637 false); 7638 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 7639 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 7640 break; 7641 } 7642 case 'Y' : { 7643 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 7644 break; 7645 } 7646 case 'P': 7647 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 7648 if (Type.isNull()) { 7649 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 7650 return QualType(); 7651 } 7652 break; 7653 case 'J': 7654 if (Signed) 7655 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 7656 else 7657 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 7658 7659 if (Type.isNull()) { 7660 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 7661 return QualType(); 7662 } 7663 break; 7664 case 'K': 7665 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 7666 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 7667 7668 if (Type.isNull()) { 7669 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 7670 return QualType(); 7671 } 7672 break; 7673 case 'p': 7674 Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); 7675 break; 7676 } 7677 7678 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 7679 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 7680 while (!Done) { 7681 switch (char c = *Str++) { 7682 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7683 case '*': 7684 case '&': { 7685 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 7686 // qualified with an address space. 7687 char *End; 7688 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7689 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 7690 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 7691 Str = End; 7692 } 7693 if (c == '*') 7694 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 7695 else 7696 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7697 break; 7698 } 7699 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7700 case 'C': 7701 Type = Type.withConst(); 7702 break; 7703 case 'D': 7704 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7705 break; 7706 case 'R': 7707 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7708 break; 7709 } 7710 } 7711 7712 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7713 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7714 7715 return Type; 7716} 7717 7718/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7719QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7720 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7721 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7722 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7723 7724 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7725 7726 bool RequiresICE = false; 7727 Error = GE_None; 7728 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7729 RequiresICE, true); 7730 if (Error != GE_None) 7731 return QualType(); 7732 7733 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7734 7735 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7736 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7737 if (Error != GE_None) 7738 return QualType(); 7739 7740 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7741 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7742 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7743 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7744 7745 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7746 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7747 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7748 7749 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7750 } 7751 7752 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7753 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7754 7755 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7756 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7757 7758 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7759 7760 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7761 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7762 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7763 7764 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7765 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7766 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7767 7768 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI); 7769} 7770 7771GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7772 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 7773 return GVA_Internal; 7774 7775 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7776 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7777 case TSK_Undeclared: 7778 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7779 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7780 break; 7781 7782 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7783 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7784 7785 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7786 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7787 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7788 break; 7789 } 7790 7791 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7792 return External; 7793 7794 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7795 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7796 // externally visible. 7797 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7798 return External; 7799 7800 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7801 return GVA_C99Inline; 7802 } 7803 7804 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7805 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7806 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7807 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7808 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7809 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7810 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7811 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7812 return GVA_C99Inline; 7813 7814 return GVA_CXXInline; 7815} 7816 7817GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7818 if (!VD->isExternallyVisible()) 7819 return GVA_Internal; 7820 7821 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7822 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7823 // template. 7824 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7825 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7826 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7827 7828 switch (TSK) { 7829 case TSK_Undeclared: 7830 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7831 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7832 7833 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7834 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7835 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7836 7837 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7838 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7839 7840 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7841 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7842 } 7843 7844 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7845} 7846 7847bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7848 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7849 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7850 return false; 7851 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7852 // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template. 7853 if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 7854 return false; 7855 } else 7856 return false; 7857 7858 // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it. 7859 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 7860 return false; 7861 7862 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7863 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7864 return false; 7865 7866 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7867 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7868 return true; 7869 7870 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7871 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7872 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7873 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7874 7875 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7876 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7877 return true; 7878 7879 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes 7880 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though. 7881 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7882 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7883 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7884 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7885 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD); 7886 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7887 return true; 7888 } 7889 } 7890 } 7891 7892 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7893 7894 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7895 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7896 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7897 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7898 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7899 return false; 7900 return true; 7901 } 7902 7903 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7904 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7905 7906 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7907 return false; 7908 7909 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. 7910 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7911 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7912 return true; 7913 7914 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. 7915 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) 7916 return true; 7917 7918 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. 7919 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)) 7920 return true; 7921 7922 return false; 7923} 7924 7925CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7926 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7927 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7928} 7929 7930CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7931 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && 7932 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault()) 7933 return CC_Default; 7934 return CC; 7935} 7936 7937bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7938 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7939 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7940} 7941 7942MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7943 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) { 7944 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: 7945 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 7946 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 7947 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 7948 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7949 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 7950 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7951 } 7952 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7953} 7954 7955CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7956 7957size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7958 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7959 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7960 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7961 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7962 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7963 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7964 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7965 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7966 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7967 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7968 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7969 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7970 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7971 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7972} 7973 7974void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) { 7975 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too 7976 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() || 7977 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent()) || 7978 !Tag->isExternallyVisible()) 7979 return; 7980 7981 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P = 7982 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0)); 7983 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++)); 7984} 7985 7986int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const { 7987 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I = 7988 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag); 7989 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1; 7990} 7991 7992unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) { 7993 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent(); 7994 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()] 7995 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator); 7996} 7997 7998 7999void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 8000 ParamIndices[D] = index; 8001} 8002 8003unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 8004 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 8005 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 8006 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 8007 return I->second; 8008} 8009